Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
December 31, 2011 For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2011
or
¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 333-135172
CRC HEALTH CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 73-1650429 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) | |
20400 Stevens Creek Boulevard, Suite 600, Cupertino, California | 95014 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip code) |
(877) 272-8668
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | x | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x
The Company is privately held. There is no trading in the common equity and therefore an aggregate market value based on sales or bid and asked prices is not determinable.
The total number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value of $0.001 per share, outstanding as of March 30, 2012 was 1,000.
Documents incorporated by reference: exhibits as indicated herein
Table of Contents
CRC HEALTH CORPORATION
Page | ||||||
PART I | ||||||
Item 1. | 4 | |||||
Item 1A. | 12 | |||||
Item 1B. | 20 | |||||
Item 2. | 21 | |||||
Item 3. | 23 | |||||
Item 4. | 24 | |||||
PART II | ||||||
Item 5. | 25 | |||||
Item 6. | 25 | |||||
Item 7. | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 27 | ||||
Item 7A. | 37 | |||||
Item 8. | 38 | |||||
Item 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures | 82 | ||||
Item 9A. | 82 | |||||
Item 9B. | 83 | |||||
PART III | ||||||
Item 10. | 84 | |||||
Item 11. | 86 | |||||
Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters | 97 | ||||
Item 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence | 100 | ||||
Item 14. | 101 | |||||
PART IV | ||||||
Item 15. | 102 | |||||
107 |
2
Table of Contents
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this Annual Report, includes or may include “forward-looking statements.” All statements included herein, other than statements of historical fact, may constitute forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should” or “could.” Generally, the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “estimates,” “projects,” “plans” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Although CRC Health Corporation (“CRC”) believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements include, among others, the following factors: our substantial indebtedness; unfavorable economic conditions that have and could continue to negatively impact our revenues; the failure to comply with extensive laws and governmental regulations given the highly regulated industry in which we operate and the ever changing nature of these laws and regulations; changes in reimbursement rates for services provided; the significant economic contribution that certain regions and programs have to our operating results; claims and legal actions by patients, students, employees and others; failure to cultivate new, or maintain existing relationships with patient referral sources; competition; shortage in qualified healthcare workers; our employees election of union representation; difficult, costly or unsuccessful integrations of acquisitions; the material weakness in our controls over financial reporting and other risks that are described herein, including but not limited to the items discussed in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report, and that are otherwise described from time to time in CRC’s Securities and Exchange Commission filings after this Annual Report. CRC assumes no obligation and does not intend to update these forward-looking statements.
All references in this report to the “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” mean, unless the context indicates otherwise, CRC Health Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
3
Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1. | Business |
Overview
We are a leading provider of treatment services related to substance abuse, troubled youth, and for other addiction diseases and behavioral disorders. We deliver our services through our three divisions: recovery, youth and weight management. Our recovery division provides substance abuse and behavioral disorder treatment services through our residential treatment facilities and outpatient treatment clinics. Our youth division provides therapeutic educational programs to underachieving young people through residential schools and outdoor programs. Our weight management division provides treatment services through adolescent and adult weight management programs as well as eating disorder facilities.
In the second quarter of 2011, we reorganized our managerial and financial reporting structure into three segments: recovery, youth and weight management. Prior to this change, we had two operating segments, which were also our reportable segments: recovery and healthy living. The youth and weight management businesses that were previously reported under healthy living are now reported separately. We have retrospectively revised the segment presentation for all periods presented.
As of December 31, 2011, our recovery division operated 102 treatment facilities in 21 states and treated approximately 29,000 patients per day, which we believe makes us the largest and most geographically diversified for-profit provider of substance abuse treatment. As of December 31, 2011, our youth division operated 16 adolescent and young adult programs in 6 states. Our weight management division operated 18 facilities in 8 states, and one in the United Kingdom. During the 2011 calendar year, the youth and weight management divisions enrolled approximately 2,300 students each.
Industry Overview
Addiction Disorders
Addiction is a chronic disease that adversely affects the lives of millions of Americans. One of the most common and serious addictions is substance abuse, which encompasses the abuse of alcohol and drugs. Without treatment, substance abuse can lead to depression, problems at home or work, and in some cases, physical injury or even death. In 2005, expenditures for treatment of substance abuse in the United States totaled $22.2 billion and is projected to increase to $35.0 billion in 2014 (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services). Moreover, substance abuse has a significant impact on society as a whole, with recent estimates of the total societal cost of substance abuse in the U.S. at $510.8 billion per year (“Behavioral Health: Public Health Challenge,” Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) 2011 presentation to the American Public Health Association).
In 2010, 23.1 million persons aged 12 or older needed treatment for an illicit drug or alcohol use problem (9.1% of all persons aged 12 or older). Of these, 2.6 million (1.0% of persons aged 12 or older and 11.2% of those who needed treatment) received treatment at a specialty facility. Thus, 20.5 million persons (8.1% of the population aged 12 or older) needed treatment for an illicit drug or alcohol use problem but did not receive treatment at a specialty facility in the past year (2010 National Survey on Drug Use and Health sponsored by SAMHSA). Furthermore, there is increasing recognition by private and public payors that failure to deliver early treatment for substance abuse and other behavioral issues generally results in higher acute-care hospital costs and can compound the negative effects of these issues over time.
Treatment providers for the large and growing behavioral healthcare market, at both the adult and adolescent levels, are highly fragmented, with services to the adult population provided by almost 13,400 facilities (2010 National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services sponsored by the SAMHSA), and with services to the adolescent population provided primarily by single-site competitors and a handful of competitors of significantly lesser size. Due in part to the regulatory and land use hurdles of opening new substance abuse treatment facilities, we believe that the supply of residential substance abuse treatment and therapeutic education services is constrained in the United States as evidenced by high industry-wide utilization rates.
Addiction is a complex, neurologically based, lifelong disease. While the initial behavior of addiction manifests itself through conscious choices, such behavior can develop into a long-term neurological disorder. There is no uniform treatment protocol for all substance abuse patients. Effective treatment includes a combination of medical, psychological and social treatment programs. These programs may be provided in residential and outpatient treatment facilities.
Adolescent Behavioral Disorders
According to the 2010 National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH), 37.4% of youths aged 12 to 17 reported that they engaged in at least one delinquent behavior in the past year, and approximately 1.9 million adolescents (8.0% of the population) had at least one major depressive episode in the past year. While the majority of adolescents successfully cope with these issues on their own, there are a growing number of adolescents who need help and support to successfully transition to a productive adulthood. Other developmental challenges faced by adolescents include learning disabilities, such as attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and obesity. According to the National Resource Center on Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, this condition affects 3% to 7% of school-age children, who in relation to their peers have higher rates of psychiatric and behavioral disorders.
4
Table of Contents
Historically, treatment options for struggling or underachieving youth were limited to counseling or placement in a highly structured hospital setting. More recently, however, parents, health professionals and public officials have been increasingly turning to the preventative care that can be provided by therapeutic education programs designed to modify adolescent behavior and assist the transition to a successful and productive adulthood. Therapeutic education programs offer individualized curricula that combine counseling, education and therapeutic treatment in residential and outdoor locations that provide a stable environment for students and provide measurable benefits to adolescents who have not benefited from counseling alone.
Weight Management
Other related behavioral disorders that may be effectively treated through a combination of medical, psychological and social treatment programs include obesity and eating disorders. Overweight and obesity is a significant health issue in the United States. In 2010, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention ranked obesity as the number one health threat facing America. It is estimated that in 2010 approximately 34% of the adult population was overweight, an additional 34% of the adult population are obese and 4.8% are morbidly obese. The National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey reports that approximately 16% of the population between the ages of 6 and 19 are overweight. Overweight is defined as having a body mass index (BMI) of 25.0 to 29.9, obesity is defined as having a BMI of 30 or greater and morbid or extreme obesity is defined as a BMI of 40 or higher. Obesity increases a person’s risk for developing several serious obesity-related health conditions such as cardiovascular disease, hypertension, thyroid disease and diabetes.
Eating disorders, such as anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and other forms of disordered eating such as binge eating and compulsive overeating that may lead to obesity represent large underserved treatment markets. These segments are highly fragmented with no national provider. As many as 10 million people suffer from an eating disorder such as anorexia, bulimia, and binge eating (excluding obesity) at any point in time. For females between fifteen to twenty-four years old who suffer from anorexia nervosa, the mortality rate associated with the illness is twelve times higher than the death rate of all other causes of death. Only 10% of those who need treatment receive treatment and only 35% of those who get treatment receive treatment in an appropriate program or at the appropriate level of care.
Our Business
We deliver our services through our recovery, youth, and weight management divisions, which are our three reportable segments. Performance of our reportable segments is evaluated based on profit or loss from operations (“segment profit”).
Recovery Division
Our recovery division provides treatment services both on an inpatient and outpatient basis to patients suffering from chronic addiction diseases and related behavioral disorders. We operated 30 inpatient residential facilities, 15 outpatient facilities and 57 comprehensive treatment clinics (“CTCs”) in 21 states as of December 31, 2011. Net revenues from our recovery division as a percentage of total revenues was 77%, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The majority of our treatment services are provided to patients who abuse addictive substances such as alcohol, illicit drugs or opiates, including prescription drugs. Some of our facilities also treat other addictions and behavioral disorders such as chronic pain, sexual compulsivity, compulsive gambling, mood disorders, emotional trauma and abuse.
The goal of the recovery division is to provide the appropriate level of treatment to an individual no matter where they are in the lifecycle of their disease in order to restore the individual to a healthier, more productive life, free from dependence on illicit substances and destructive behaviors. Our treatment facilities provide a number of different treatment services such as assessment, detoxification, medication assisted treatment, counseling, education, lectures and group therapy. We assess and evaluate the medical, psychological and emotional needs of the patient and address these needs in the treatment process. Following this assessment, an individualized treatment program is designed to provide a foundation for a lifelong recovery process. Many modalities are used in our treatment programs to support the individual, including the twelve step philosophy, cognitive/behavioral therapies, supportive therapies and continuing care.
Inpatient Residential and Outpatient Treatment Programs. On average, our residential facilities have been operating for over 20 years. We have established strong relationships with referral sources and have longstanding ties to the local community and an extensive network of former patients and their families. Our residential treatment services are provided in a peaceful setting that is removed from the pressures, pace and temptations of a patient’s everyday life. Our inpatient facilities house and care for patients over an extended period (22 days on average during the year ended December 31, 2011) and typically treat patients from a broadly defined regional market. As of December 31, 2011, we had 2,076 available beds in our residential and extended care facilities and treated approximately 1,400 patients per day.
We provide three basic levels of residential treatment depending on the severity of the patient’s addiction and/or disorder. Patients with the most debilitating dependencies are typically placed into inpatient treatment, in which the patient resides at a
5
Table of Contents
treatment facility. If a patient’s condition is less severe, he or she will be offered day treatment, which allows the patient to return home in the evening. The least intensive service is where the patient visits the facility for just a few hours a week to attend counseling/group sessions.
Following primary treatment, our extended care programs are typically inpatient facilities which allow clients to develop healthy and appropriate living skills while remaining in a safe and nurturing residential environment. Clients are supported in their recovery by a semi-structured living environment that allows them to begin the process of employment or to pursue educational goals and to take personal responsibility for their recovery. The structure of this treatment phase is monitored by a primary therapist who works with each client to integrate recovery skills and build a foundation of sobriety and a strong support system. Length of stay will vary depending on the client’s needs with a minimum stay of 30 days and could be up to one year if needed.
Our outpatient clinics primarily serve patients that are in the early stages of their addiction; do not require inpatient treatment or are transitioning from a residential treatment program; have employment, family or school commitments; and have stabilized in their substance addiction recovery practices and are seeking ongoing continuing care.
Several other related behavioral diseases, in addition to substance abuse, represent large underserved markets to which our residential treatment services may be provided. The treatment model used at our residential facilities to treat substance abuse can also be applied to treat other compulsive behaviors such as trauma and abuse, chronic pain and sexual addiction/compulsivity, which a number of our facilities treat.
Comprehensive Treatment Services. Our CTCs specialize in detoxification and recovery through medication-assisted therapy, counseling, and support services, as well as “Maintenance to Abstinence” programs for individuals who are addicted to opiates but have been using for a relatively short period of time. As of December 31, 2011, our CTCs treated on average approximately 26,800 patients on a daily basis. During 2011, substantially all of our CTC services were provided to individuals addicted to heroin and other opiates, including prescription analgesics. At December 31, 2011, 28 CTCs were certified to provide at least one additional comprehensive outpatient substance abuse treatment (“COSAT”) service. COSAT services broaden the array of services offered at our clinics and increase our potential patient base by providing services to individuals with problems with all drugs and alcohol, not just opiates. An individual treatment plan is developed for each patient providing manageable goals and objectives to assist in the recovery process.
Substantially all of our patients addicted to heroin and other opiates are treated with methadone, but a small percentage of our patients are treated with other medications such as buprenorphine. Patients usually visit an outpatient treatment facility once a day in order to receive their medication. During the beginning of their treatment program, patients receive weekly counseling and as they successfully progress in the treatment protocol, they continue to receive counseling each month. The mandatory minimum duration of counseling varies from state to state. Following the initial administration of medication, patients go through an induction phase where medication dosage is systematically modified until an appropriate dosage is reached. As patients progress with treatment and meet certain goals in their individualized treatment plan and certain federal criteria related to time in treatment, they become eligible for up to 30 days of take-home doses of medication, eliminating the need for daily visits to the clinic. The length of treatment differs from patient to patient, but typically ranges from one to three years.
Youth Division
Our youth division provides a wide variety of therapeutic educational programs for adolescents through settings and solutions that match individual needs with the appropriate learning and therapeutic environment. Net revenues from our youth division as a percentage of total revenues were 16%, 16%, and 17%, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
Our programs provide services ranging from short-term intervention programs to longer-term residential treatment. Our programs are offered in boarding schools, residential treatment centers, outdoor experiential programs and summer camps. These programs exist at the intersection of education and therapy for adolescents who have demonstrated behavioral or learning challenges that are interfering with their performance in school and in life such as substance abuse, academic underachievement, anger and aggressive behavior, family conflict, special learning needs and depression. Since most of the targeted customer base for these programs faces a wide range of interrelated academic, emotional and behavioral disorders, our ability to offer a seamless continuum of care for a multitude of problems is an important competitive differentiator for us.
Adolescent Residential Programs.These programs are typically operated in traditional boarding school environments where a unique plan is crafted for each student that combines group therapy, individual counseling and specialized therapeutic experiences, such as equine therapy, which are designed to build the student’s personal and emotional skills. We treat both adolescents and young adults in our residential programs. Our programs focus primarily on therapeutic programming and a strong peer environment to help students overcome self-defeating behaviors and acquire and practice positive behaviors. In addition, we have a number of programs that are tailored to students with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, learning disabilities or acute emotional issues, and offer structured education in an intimate academic environment that emphasizes personalized student attention and development of
6
Table of Contents
organizational and social skills. Parent seminars and family resolution conferences play an important role in building mutually respectful and responsible relationships and preparing the student to face the real world challenges they face upon completion of the program. Each of our residential programs follows an accredited middle school, high school or college preparatory curriculum over a length of stay ranging from one to 16 months with an average duration of approximately eight months. Admissions are accepted year-round, subject to capacity, and campus sizes range from 17-132 students at both single gender and co-ed campuses.
Adolescent Outdoor Programs. Outdoor programs emphasize student exposure to, and interaction with, natural environments and are based on either a base camp format, where students are housed in fixed structures between camping expeditions, or an expedition-only format. These programs are designed for adolescents and/or young adults who have typically undergone an acute personal crisis and require immediate intervention in a short-term, high-impact therapeutic program that emphasizes experiential learning and individualized counseling as a catalyst for positive behavioral change. Students enrolled in an outdoor program experience the challenges of living and working together in the outdoors as a means of identifying and working through internal conflicts and emotional obstacles that have kept them from responding to parental efforts, schools and prior treatment. In some cases, academic credit is offered upon completion of the program.
Adolescent Online Services. As part of a student’s participation in one of our youth treatment programs, we utilize a “parent check-in” website that provides parents with updated progress reports, pictures and school event information. This website is designed to allow families to participate in the student’s progress at the program, and assist with the eventual transition of the student back to home life upon completion of the program.
Weight Management Division
Our weight management division provides treatment services for weight management and eating disorders, each of which may be effectively treated through a combination of medical, psychological and social treatment programs. Revenues from our weight management division as a percentage of revenue were 7%, 7%, and 6%, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
Weight Management Programs. We operate a number of weight loss programs for adults and adolescents. Recognizing that weight loss management is a complex behavioral and biological struggle, our comprehensive and intensive weight management programs provide people with the necessary tools, decision-making skills and behavioral strategies to control weight permanently.
Our residential weight loss facility for adults offers a behavioral approach to weight loss and healthy lifestyle change. As of December 31, 2011, this facility had 92 available beds. Emphasizing a medically sound approach to healthy living, our residential weight loss facility provides individual nutrition counseling, behavioral workshops, exercise and individual sessions with a psychologist to empower participants and teach them how to integrate healthy eating principles into their daily lives.
These weight loss programs are intended for the growing number of obese adolescents for whom traditional weight loss methods have been unsuccessful. Our schools are the first therapeutic boarding schools in the United States specifically designed for obese adolescents and young adults, and feature a full academic program in addition to a therapeutic weight loss program. The residential schools, as well as our summer weight loss camps, employ scientific weight loss methods that are designed to maximize long-term behavioral change as a catalyst to substantial and sustained weight loss. These programs include intensive cognitive-behavioral therapy, a low fat, low energy density diet, high physical activity and an integrated nutritional and academic educational program. By participating in a research-based diet and activity management program, and intensive training on the skill sets and behaviors necessary for weight control, students are returned to a normal weight and learn to change to a wide range of behaviors, starting with diet and activity, but including self-esteem, mood, affect and outlook.
Eating Disorder Treatment Programs. We operated 5 residential eating disorder facilities/programs in 3 states as of December 31, 2011. The total number of beds as of December 31, 2011 was 34. Our residential facilities are located in home-like settings with scenic and peaceful surroundings and provide individuals with a variety of treatment options focusing on their individual needs. The full range of services includes residential inpatient, day program and intensive outpatient treatment (“IOP”) for anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge eating and related disorders.
Accreditation of Facilities
All of our recovery division treatment facilities and clinics are accredited by either the Joint Commission or CARF, making them eligible for reimbursement by third-party payors, with the exception of portions of our four State of Washington treatment clinics. Our State of Washington treatment clinics are accredited by the State of Washington Division of Behavioral Health and Recovery. All of our youth division residential programs and all but one of our youth division outdoor programs are accredited by an educational accreditation program, such as AdvancED. In addition all of our youth division adolescent programs other than our seasonal camps are Joint Commission or CARF accredited. All of our eating disorder treatment residential facilities are accredited by CARF.
7
Table of Contents
Referral Base and Marketing
We receive a large number of patient referrals from our several thousand referral sources. Patients are referred to our facilities through a number of different sources, including healthcare practitioners, public programs, other treatment facilities, managed care organizations, unions, emergency departments, judicial officials, social workers, police departments and word of mouth from previously treated patients and their families, among others. We devote significant resources to establishing strong relationships with a broad array of potential referral sources at the local and national level. No single referral source resulted in a significant portion of our revenues.
We engage in local marketing and direct-to-consumer internet marketing and develop programs and content targeted at key referral sources on a national basis. Our National Resource Center (“NRC”) is a centralized call center located at our corporate headquarters that responds to inquiries from our online marketing efforts and facilitates cross-referrals.
Payor Mix
We generate our revenues in our recovery division from three primary sources: self-payors, commercial payors such as managed care organizations, and government programs. We generate substantially all of our revenues in our youth division from self-payors. We generate most of our revenues in our weight management programs from self-payors but the substantial majority of our revenues in our eating disorder programs are being generated from commercial payors. We believe our strong relationships with third party payors and our industry experience allow us to obtain contracts for new and acquired facilities which creates an opportunity to increase the number of patients we treat.
Staffing and Local Management Structure
Our facilities are managed by an executive director experienced in treatment services and many hold post-graduate degrees. The executive director is supported by a facility staff that is experienced in providing the best quality treatment to our customers. Depending on the treatment center, the facility staff will consist of physicians, nurses, therapists, counselors, teachers, and administrative and operational employees.
Competition
Treatment providers for the large and growing substance abuse treatment market are highly fragmented, with services being provided by over 13,400 different facilities. The primary competitive factors in the substance abuse treatment industry include the quality of programs and services, charges for programs and services, geographic proximity to the patients served, brand and marketing awareness and the overall responsiveness to the needs of patients, families and payors. Our recovery division competes against an array of local competitors, both private and governmental, hospital-based and free standing and for-profit and non-profit facilities. Most of our residential facilities compete within local or regional markets. Sierra Tucson, Life Healing Center and Bayside Marin, three of our residential treatment facilities for addiction and other behavioral disorders compete in both national and international markets with other nationally known substance abuse treatment facilities.
Providers of adolescent treatment services are also highly fragmented with services being provided by over 500 different facilities. Our adolescent division competes with a large number of single-site businesses that lack our name recognition and management resources, as well as a handful of larger companies who have divisions that provide youth treatment programs.
Our weight management programs compete primarily against other weight loss camps, various support programs that offer diet foods or meal replacement, and surgical alternatives such as bariatric surgery. The providers of such support programs are also highly fragmented. The eating disorder market is highly fragmented with no national player that offers the full continuum of care. Our eating disorder programs for anorexia and bulimia primarily compete against private and non-profit treatment programs.
Regulatory Matters
Overview
Healthcare providers are regulated extensively at the federal, state and local levels. In order to operate our business and obtain reimbursement from third-party payors, we must obtain and maintain a variety of licenses, permits and certifications, and accreditations. We must also comply with numerous other laws and regulations applicable to the conduct of business by healthcare providers. Our facilities are also subject to periodic on-site inspections by the agencies that regulate and accredit them in order to determine our compliance with applicable requirements.
8
Table of Contents
The laws and regulations that affect healthcare providers are complex, change frequently and require that we regularly review our organization and operations and make changes as necessary to comply with the new rules or interpretations of rules. Significant public attention has focused in recent years on the healthcare industry, directing attention not only to the conduct of industry participants but also to the cost of healthcare services. In recent years, there have been heightened coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts by both federal and state government agencies relating to the healthcare industry. The ongoing investigations relate to, among other things, various referral practices, cost reporting, billing practices, credit balances, physician ownership and joint ventures involving hospitals and other health care providers. We expect that healthcare costs and other factors will continue to encourage both the development of new laws and regulations and increased enforcement activity.
Licensure, Accreditation and Certification
All of our recovery division treatment facilities are licensed under applicable state laws where licensure is required. Licensing requirements typically vary significantly by state and by the services provided. In addition, all of our facilities that handle and dispense controlled substances are required to register with the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), and are required to abide by DEA regulations regarding such controlled substances. The DEA also requires that our comprehensive treatment clinics be certified by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (“SAMHSA”), in order to provide opiate treatment. Furthermore, our treatment facilities that participate in government healthcare payment programs such as Medicaid must be certified to participate in the programs and maintain certification through compliance with a complex set of laws and regulations.
Most of our residential and CTC’s must obtain and maintain accreditation from private entities. Accreditation is generally a requirement for participation in government and private healthcare payment programs. In addition, certain federal and state licensing agencies require that providers be accredited. Joint Commission and CARF are private organizations that have accreditation programs for a broad spectrum of healthcare facilities. These accreditation programs are intended generally to improve the quality, safety, outcomes and value of healthcare services provided by accredited facilities. Joint Commission accredits a broad variety of healthcare organizations, including hospitals, behavioral health organizations, nursing and long-term care facilities, ambulatory care centers, laboratories and managed care networks and others, including three of our youth treatment programs. CARF accredits behavioral health organizations providing mental health and alcohol and drug use and addiction services, as well as opiate treatment programs, and many other types of programs. Accreditation by the Joint Commission, CARF or one of the educational accreditation organizations that recognize our youth treatment programs requires an initial application and completion of on-site surveys demonstrating compliance with accreditation requirements. Accreditation is typically granted for a specified period, typically ranging from one to three years, and renewals of accreditation generally require completion of a renewal application and an on-site renewal survey.
A typical adolescent youth services or adolescent weight management program will be subject to licensure by the state department of education or health services, as well as local land use and health and safety laws. In addition, approximately eighty percent of our youth treatment programs are accredited by an educational accreditation program, such as Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (SACS), and approximately eighty percent are accredited by either Joint Commission or CARF. A number of our youth programs maintain federal land use permits for their outdoor education and ranching activities.
Our eating disorder facilities within the weight management division are subject to state licensure and the facilities and programs that are accredited must comply with the guidelines of the applicable accrediting entities.
We believe that all of our facilities and programs are in substantial compliance with current applicable federal, state and local licensure, certification , and participation requirements. In addition, we believe that all are in compliance with the standards of the entities, including the Joint Commission and CARF, which have accredited them. Periodically, federal, state and local regulatory agencies as well as accreditation entities conduct surveys of our facilities and may find from time to time that a facility is out of compliance with certain requirements. Upon receipt of any such finding, the facility timely submits a plan of correction and corrects any cited deficiencies.
Fraud, Abuse and Self-Referral Laws
Many of our facilities in our recovery division must comply with a number of laws and regulations because such facilities participate in federal government healthcare payment programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The anti-kickback provision of the Social Security Act, or the anti-kickback statute, prohibits certain offers, payments or receipt of remuneration in return for referring patients covered by federal healthcare payment programs or purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending any services, good, item or facility for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program. As a result, dealings by facilities that participate in such government programs with referring physicians and other referral sources, including employment contracts, independent contractor agreements, professional service agreements, joint venture agreements and medical director agreements, are all subject to the anti-kickback statute. The anti-kickback statute has been interpreted broadly by federal regulators and certain courts to
9
Table of Contents
prohibit the payment of anything of value if even one purpose of the payment is to influence the referral of Medicare or Medicaid business. Violations of the anti-kickback statute may be punished by criminal or civil penalties, including exclusion from federal healthcare programs, imprisonment and damages up to three times the total dollar amount involved. In addition to the federal anti-kickback statute, many states have similar, parallel provisions, sometimes even broader in application. At the federal level, The Office of Inspector General (OIG) of the Department of Health and Human Services is responsible for identifying fraud and abuse activities in government programs. The OIG has published regulations describing activities and business relationships that would be deemed not to violate the anti-kickback statute, known as “safe harbor” regulations. We use our best efforts to comply with the federal anti-kickback statute and parallel state statutes, including the use of applicable safe harbors.
Sections 1877 and 1903(s) of the Social Security Act, commonly known as the “Stark Law,” prohibit referrals for designated health services by physicians under the Medicare and Medicaid programs to any entity in which the physician has an ownership or compensation arrangement, unless an exception applies, and prohibits the entity from billing for such services rendered pursuant to any prohibited referrals. These types of referrals are commonly known as “self-referrals.” There are exceptions for customary financial arrangements between physicians and facilities, including employment contracts, personal services agreements, leases and recruitment agreements that meet specific standards. We use our best efforts to structure our financial arrangements with physicians to comply with the statutory exceptions included in the Stark Law and related regulations. Sanctions for violating the Stark Law include required repayment to governmental payors of amounts received for services resulting from prohibited referrals, civil monetary penalties, assessments equal to three times the dollar value of each service rendered for an impermissible referral (in lieu of repayment) and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. As with state laws that are parallel to the federal anti-kickback statute, there also are laws at the state level that concern referrals, some of which are broader in scope that the Stark Law.
The federal False Claims Act prohibits healthcare providers from knowingly submitting false claims for payment under a federal healthcare payment program. There are many potential bases for liability under the federal False Claims Act, including claims submitted pursuant to a referral found to violate the Stark Law or the anti-kickback statute or claims for services provided that do not otherwise comply with federal laws or regulations, including certification standards. Although liability under the federal False Claims Act arises when an entity “knowingly” submits a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government, the federal False Claims Act defines the term “knowingly” broadly. Civil liability under the federal False Claims Act can be up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government plus civil penalties for each false claim. From time to time, companies in the healthcare industry, including us, may be subject to actions under the federal False Claims Act. The Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act has expanded the number of actions for which liability may attach under the False Claims Act, eliminating requirements that false claims be presented to federal officials or directly involve federal funds. The Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act also clarifies that a false claim violation occurs upon the knowing retention, as well as the receipt, of overpayments. In addition, recent changes to the anti-kickback statute have made violations of that law punishable under the civil False Claims Act. Further, a number of states have adopted their own false claims provisions as well as their own whistleblower provisions whereby a private party may file a civil lawsuit on behalf of the state in state court.
Individuals may also bring an action on behalf of the government under the “whistleblower” or “qui tam” provisions of the federal False Claims Act. Because qui tam lawsuits are filed under seal, we could be named in one or more such lawsuits of which we are not aware. These qui tam provisions allow for the private party that identified the violation to receive a portion of the sums the provider is required to pay in the event of a judgment against a provider.
Privacy and Security Requirements
There are numerous federal and state regulations addressing patient information privacy and security concerns. In particular, the federal regulations issued under the Drug Abuse Prevention, Treatment and the Rehabilitation Act of 1979 and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) contain provisions that:
• | protect individual privacy by limiting the uses and disclosures of patient information; |
• | create rights for patients regarding their health information, such as access rights and the right to amend certain aspects of their health information; |
• | require the implementation of security safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form; |
• | prescribe specific transaction formats and data code sets for certain electronic healthcare transactions; and |
• | require establishment of standard unique health identifiers for individuals, employers, health plans and healthcare providers to be used in connection with standard electronic transactions no later than May 23, 2007. |
We have adopted privacy policies in accordance with HIPAA requirements. We believe that we are in compliance with certain security regulations under HIPAA but have not yet completed a full HIPAA audit to ensure compliance. Under HIPAA, a violation of these regulations could result in civil money penalties of $100 per incident, up to a maximum of $25,000 per person per year per
10
Table of Contents
standard. HIPAA also provides for criminal penalties of up to $50,000 and one year in prison for knowingly and improperly obtaining or disclosing protected health information, up to $100,000 and five years in prison for obtaining protected health information under false pretenses and up to $250,000 and ten years in prison for obtaining or disclosing protected health information with the intent to sell, transfer or use such information for commercial advantage, personal gain or malicious harm.
In addition, other federal laws and regulations, and many states, impose requirements regarding the confidentiality and security of healthcare information, as well as the permitted uses of that information, and many of these laws and regulations are more restrictive than the HIPAA requirements. For example, long before HIPAA, federal law provided extensive privacy protections for substance abuse treatment information and some states also impose similar laws targeting substance abuse treatment information. As public attention is drawn to the issues of the privacy and security of health information, both federal and state laws may be revised or expanded to provide greater patient privacy protections. Failure to comply with these laws could expose us to criminal and civil liability, as well as requiring us to restructure certain of our operations.
Health Planning and Certificates of Need
The construction of new healthcare facilities, the expansion of existing facilities, the transfer or change of ownership of existing facilities and the addition of new beds, services or equipment may be subject to state laws that require prior approval by state regulatory agencies under certificate of need laws. These laws generally require that a state agency determine the public need for construction or acquisition of facilities or the addition of new services. Review of certificates of need and other healthcare planning initiatives may be lengthy and may require public hearings. Violations of these state laws may result in the imposition of civil sanctions or revocation of a facility’s license. The states in which we operate that have certificate of need laws include Indiana, West Virginia and North Carolina.
Mental Health Parity Legislation and Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act
The regulatory framework in which we operate is constantly changing. Both the Mental Health Parity Legislation and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act may require that we make operational changes to comply with such laws and regulations. Signed into law in October 2008, the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008 (MHPAEA) is a federal parity legislation that requires health insurance plans that offer mental health and addiction coverage to provide that coverage on par with financial and treatment coverage offered for other illnesses. In addition, the law applies to Medicaid managed care plans, state Children’s Health Insurance Program (“CHIP”) and group health plans that do not already cover mental health and substance abuse benefits. Health plans that do not already cover mental health treatments will not be required to do so, and health plans are not required to provide coverage for every mental health condition published in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders by the American Psychiatric Association. The MHPAEA also contains a cost exemption which operates to exempt a group health plan from the MHPAEA’s requirements if compliance with the MHPAEA becomes too costly.
The MHPAEA specifically directed the Secretaries of Labor, Health and Human Services and the Treasury to issue regulations to implement the legislation. Although regulations regarding how the MHPAEA was to be implemented were issued on February 2, 2010 in the form of an interim final rule, final regulations have not yet been published and interpretative guidance from the regulators has been limited to date.
The federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “Health Reform Law”), expands coverage of uninsured individuals and provides for significant reductions in the growth of Medicare program payments, material decreases in Medicare and Medicaid disproportionate share hospital payments, and the establishment of programs where reimbursement is tied in part to quality and integration. Based on Congressional Budget Office estimates, the Health Reform Law, as enacted, is expected to expand health insurance coverage to approximately 32 to 34 million additional individuals through a combination of public program expansion and private sector health insurance reforms. This increased coverage will occur through a combination of public program expansion and private sector health insurance and other reforms.
The most significant changes will expand the categories of individuals eligible for Medicaid coverage and permit individuals with relatively higher incomes to qualify. The federal government reimburses the majority of a state’s Medicaid expenses, and it conditions its payment on the state meeting certain requirements. The federal government currently requires that states provide coverage for only limited categories of low-income adults under 65 years old (e.g., women who are pregnant, and the blind or disabled).
Local Land Use and Zoning
Municipal and other local governments also may regulate our treatment programs. Many of our facilities must comply with zoning and land use requirements in order to operate. For example, local zoning authorities regulate not only the physical properties of a health facility, such as its height and size, but also the location and activities of the facility. In addition, community or political objections to the placement of treatment facilities can result in delays in the land use permit process, and may prevent the operation of facilities in certain areas.
11
Table of Contents
Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee Splitting
Some states have laws that prohibit business entities, including corporations or other business organizations that own healthcare facilities, from employing physicians. Some states also have adopted laws that prohibit direct and indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements between physicians and such business entities. These laws vary from state to state, are often difficult to interpret and have seldom been interpreted by the courts or regulatory agencies. We use our best efforts to comply with the relevant state laws. Sanctions for violations of these restrictions include loss of a physician’s license, civil and criminal penalties upon both the physician and the business entity and rescission of business arrangements.
Employees
As of December 31, 2011, we employed 4,218 people throughout the United States, which includes 3,876 full-time employees and 342 part-time employees. There were 2,986 employees in our recovery division, 786 employees in our youth division, and 305 employees in our weight management division. The remaining 231 employees are in corporate management, administration and other services.
Available Information
Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge, on our website athttp://www.crchealth.com/sec-filing/, as soon as reasonably practicable after CRC electronically files such reports with, or furnishes those reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.
We included the certifications of the CEO and the CFO of CRC required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules, relating to the quality of our public disclosure, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2.
ITEM 1A. | Risk Factors |
Set forth below and elsewhere in this annual report and in other documents we have filed and will file with the SEC are risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report.
Business Risks
We are a highly levered company which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.
Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to meet our obligations under our indebtedness, raise additional capital to fund our operations and to react to changes in the economy or our industry.
A summary of the material terms of our financing agreements can be found in Note 8, of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for further information. We are highly leveraged. We have incurred $601.7 million of indebtedness as of December 31, 2011. Our parent company has incurred an additional $175.3 million of indebtedness as of December 31, 2011.
Our substantial indebtedness and the indebtedness of our parent company could:
• | make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness; |
• | increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; |
• | require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes; |
• | limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and |
• | place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt and limit our ability to borrow additional funds. |
12
Table of Contents
Our ability to make payments, to refinance our indebtedness, and to fund planned capital expenditures and other general corporate matters will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
We cannot assure that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before the maturity thereof.
We are subject to restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business as a result of our debt financing agreements.
Our debt financing agreements contain a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens on our assets, restrict our ability to engage in sale and leaseback transactions, mergers, acquisitions or asset sales and make investments. Under some circumstances, these restrictive covenants may not allow us the flexibility we need to operate our business in an effective and efficient manner and may prevent us from taking advantage of strategic and financial opportunities that could benefit our business. In addition, we are required under our senior secured credit facility to satisfy specified financial ratios and tests. Our ability to comply with those financial ratios and tests may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those ratios and tests. A breach of any of those covenants could result in a default under our senior secured credit facility and in our being unable to borrow additional amounts under our revolving facility. If an event of default occurs, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed under our senior secured credit facility, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable and could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. Substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral pursuant to the terms of our senior secured credit facility. In such an event, we could not assure that we would have sufficient assets to pay amounts under our secured indebtedness.
If we fail to comply with the restrictions in our debt financing agreements, a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related indebtedness, as well as any other indebtedness to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, lenders may be able to terminate any commitments they had made to supply us with further funds.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligation to increase significantly.
Certain of our borrowings, primarily borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease.
Despite our current leverage, we may still be able to incur additional indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks that we face.
We may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Although our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our senior subordinated notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be significant. If new debt is added to our existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face, including those described above, could intensify.
Unfavorable economic conditions have and could continue to negatively impact our revenues.
Economic conditions have negatively impacted our revenues. If the economic downturn continues or deteriorates further or if other adverse economic conditions arise such as inflation, it could have a material adverse effect on our business. Tightening credit markets, depressed consumer spending and higher unemployment rates continue to pressure many industries. Substantially all of the revenue from our youth division and weight management programs and certain residential treatment facilities such as Sierra Tucson and our extended care facilities is derived from private-pay funding. In addition, a substantial portion of our revenue from our comprehensive substance abuse treatment clinics is from self-payors. A sustained downturn in the U.S. economy has, and could continue to, restrain the ability of our patients and the families of our students to pay for our services in all of our divisions. Other risks that we face as a result of general economic weakness include potential declines in the population covered by health insurance and patient decisions to postpone care. Moreover, reduced revenues as a result of a softening economy may also reduce our working capital and interfere with our long-term business strategy.
If federal or state healthcare programs, managed care organizations and other third-party payors reduce their reimbursement rates for services provided, our revenue and profitability may decline.
Government healthcare programs, managed care organizations and other third-party payors pay for the services we provide to some of our patients. If any of these entities reduce their reimbursement rates, or elect not to cover some or all of our services, our revenue and profitability may decline.
13
Table of Contents
For 2011, we derived approximately 21% of our revenue from government programs and approximately 79% of our revenue from non-government payors such as self-pay, managed care organizations, private health insurance programs and labor unions. Government payors, such as Medicaid, generally reimburse us on a fee-for-service basis based on predetermined reimbursement rate schedules. As a result, we are limited in the amount we can record as revenue for our services from these government programs, and if we have a cost increase, we typically will not be able to recover this increase. In addition, the federal government and many state governments, such as California and Wisconsin, are operating under significant budgetary pressures, and they may seek to reduce payments under their Medicaid programs for services such as those we provide. Government payors also tend to pay on a slower schedule. Thus, while approximately 21% of our revenue was attributable to governmental payors, such payors accounted for approximately 39% of our gross accounts receivable as of December 31, 2011. Therefore, if governmental entities reduce the amounts they will pay for our services, or if they elect not to continue paying for such services altogether, our revenue and profitability may decline. In addition, if governmental entities slow their payment cycles further, our cash flow from operations could be negatively affected.
Commercial payors such as managed care organizations, private health insurance programs and labor unions generally reimburse us for the services rendered to insured patients based upon contractually determined rates. These commercial payors are under significant pressure to control healthcare costs. In addition to limiting the amounts they will pay for the services we provide their members, commercial payors may, among other things, impose prior authorization and concurrent utilization review programs that may further limit the services for which they will pay and shift patients to lower levels of care and reimbursement. These actions may reduce the amount of revenue we derive from commercial payors.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue and profitability from key treatment programs located in certain states.
In 2011, facilities located in the following states provided a significant portion of our total revenues:
State | % of total revenue | |||
Pennsylvania | 14 | % | ||
California | 12 | % | ||
Arizona | 11 | % | ||
North Carolina | 11 | % | ||
Utah | 8 | % |
If our treatment facilities in these states are adversely affected by changes in regulatory and economic conditions, our revenue and profitability may decline.
Moreover, a decline in the revenue or profitability of our Sierra Tucson facility would likely have a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results. In 2011, the facility generated approximately 10% of our total revenue and approximately 26% of our operating income before corporate and divisional overhead. We rely primarily on self-payor patients at Sierra Tucson.
As a provider of treatment services, we are subject to claims and legal actions by patients, students, employees and others, which may increase our costs and harm our business.
We are subject to medical malpractice and other lawsuits based on the services we provide. These liabilities may increase our costs and harm our business. A successful lawsuit or claim that is not covered by, or is in excess of, our insurance coverage may increase our costs and reduce our profitability. In addition, treatment facilities and programs that we have acquired, or may acquire in the future, may have unknown or contingent liabilities, including liabilities related to care and failure to comply with healthcare laws and regulations, which could result in large claims, significant defense costs and interruptions to our business. Furthermore, we maintain a $0.5 million deductible per claim under our workers’ compensation insurance, and an increase in workers compensation claims or average claim size may also increase our costs and reduce our profitability. Our insurance coverage may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost, especially given the significant increase in insurance premiums generally experienced in the healthcare industry.
If we fail to cultivate new or maintain established relationships with referral sources, our revenue may decline.
Our ability to grow or even to maintain our existing level of business depends significantly on our ability to establish and maintain close working relationships with physicians, managed care companies, insurance companies, educational consultants and other referral sources. We do not have binding contracts or commitments with any of these referral sources. We may not be
14
Table of Contents
able to maintain our existing referral source relationships or develop and maintain new relationships in existing or new markets. If we lose existing relationships with our referral sources, the number of people to whom we provide services may decline, which may adversely affect our revenue. If we fail to develop new referral relationships, our growth may be restrained.
We face significant competition from established providers as well as new entrants.
We compete directly with a wide variety of non-profit, government and for-profit treatment providers, and this competition may intensify in the future. In addition, we compete with different modalities of treatment. Non-profit and government providers may be able to offer competitive services at lower prices, which may adversely affect our revenue in regional markets and service categories. In addition, many for-profit providers are local, independent operators or physician groups with strong established reputations within the surrounding communities, which may adversely affect our ability to attract a sufficiently large number of patients in markets where we compete with such providers. For example, we have seen an increase in physicians providing treatment care through the use of suboxone. Our youth division and weight management programs compete against a small number of multiple-location providers as well as a number of independent operators. These providers compete with us not only for referrals, but also for qualified personnel, and in some cases our personnel have resigned their positions with us to operate programs of their own. We may also face increasing competition from new operators which may adversely affect our revenue and operating results in impacted markets.
A shortage of qualified workers could adversely affect our ability to identify, hire and retain qualified personnel. This could increase our operating costs, restrain our growth and reduce our revenue.
The success of our business depends on our ability to identify, hire and retain a professional team of addiction counselors, nurses, psychiatrists, physicians, licensed counselors and clinical technicians across our network of treatment facilities. Competition for skilled employees is intense. For example, there are currently national shortages of qualified addiction counselors and registered nurses. The process of locating and recruiting skilled employees with the qualifications and attributes required to treat those suffering from addiction and other behavioral health illnesses can be lengthy and competition for these workers could cause the salaries, wages and benefits we must pay to increase faster than anticipated. Furthermore, many states require specified staff to patient ratios for residential and outpatient treatment facilities. If we are unable to identify, hire and retain sufficient numbers of qualified professional employees, or to continue to offer competitive salaries and benefits, we may be unable to staff our facilities with the appropriate personnel or to maintain required staff ratios and may be required to turn away patients. Certain of our treatment facilities are located in remote geographical areas, far from population centers, which increases this risk. These factors could increase our operating costs, restrain our growth and reduce our revenue.
Our employees may elect to obtain union representation and our business could be impacted.
If some or all of our workforce were to become unionized and the terms of the collective bargaining agreements were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could increase our costs and adversely impact our business. The Employee Free Choice Act of 2007 (“EFCA”), which was passed in the U.S. House of Representatives in 2008, or a variation of such bill could be enacted in the future and could have an adverse impact on our business.
We may have difficulty operating and integrating treatment facilities and programs that we acquire. This may disrupt our business and increase our costs and harm our operating results.
In 2011, we acquired 2 CTC facilities. In 2010, we acquired five outpatient treatment clinics and one youth camp. There were no acquisitions in 2009. Additional acquisitions would expose us to additional business and operating risk and uncertainties, including risks related to our ability to:
• | integrate operations and personnel at acquired programs; |
• | maintain and attract patients and students to acquired programs; and |
• | manage our exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities, including liabilities for failure to comply with healthcare laws and regulations. |
15
Table of Contents
Integration efforts can require spending substantial resources on projects, such as implementing consistent billing, payroll and information technology systems, instituting standard policies and procedures and re-training staff from the acquired businesses to conform to our service philosophy and internal compliance procedures. Furthermore, integrating an acquired treatment program may disrupt our ongoing business and distract our management and other key personnel. If we are unable to manage our expansion efforts efficiently or effectively, or are unable to attract and retain additional qualified management and healthcare professional personnel to run our expanded operations, our business may be disrupted, our costs may increase and our operating results may be harmed.
Accidents or other incidents at our treatment facilities, or those of our competitors, may adversely affect our revenues and operating results directly or through negative public perception of the industry.
Accidents resulting in physical injuries to patients or staff, or incidents that attract negative attention to our industry generally, such as those involving death or criminal conduct against, or by a patient could result in regulatory action against us, including but not limited to the suspension of our license, possible legal claims and lost referrals or student withdrawals. No assurance can be given that accidents or other incidents at our programs will not adversely affect our operations.
Borrowers of our loan program may default, resulting in loss.
We maintain a private loan program pursuant to which our students and/or patients who meet predetermined credit standards can obtain third-party financing to pay a portion of the cost of participating in certain of our programs. As of December 31, 2011, there were $10.4 million outstanding in loans. The loans are unsecured. If the borrowers default on these loans, we will incur losses.
We have a limited history of profitability, have incurred net losses in the past and may incur substantial net losses in the future.
We had an accumulated deficit of $203.4 million at December 31, 2011. For 2011, we recorded net income of $2.5 million and for 2010, and 2009, we recorded a net loss of $46.1 million and $27.1 million, respectively. We cannot assure that we will operate profitably in the future. In addition, we may experience significant quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results.
Funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC control us and may have conflicts of interest with us.
Investment funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC which we refer to as Bain Capital, indirectly own, through their ownership in our parent company, substantially all of our capital stock. As a result, Bain Capital has control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction regardless of whether our debt holders believe that any such transaction is in their own best interests. For example, Bain Capital could cause us to make acquisitions or pay dividends that increase the amount of indebtedness that is secured or that is senior to our senior subordinated notes or to sell assets.
Additionally, Bain Capital is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Bain Capital may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as investment funds associated with or designated by Bain Capital continue to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, Bain Capital will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.
Natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes and floods may adversely affect our revenues and operating results.
Natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes and floods may adversely affect our operations. Such natural disasters may result in physical damage to or destruction of our programs as well as damage to areas where our patients or referral sources are based. In 2011, floods in Pennsylvania resulted in additional expense and loss of business at our PA facilities. Such natural disasters may lead to decreased census, decreased revenues and higher operating costs.
Regulatory Risks
If we fail to comply with extensive laws and government regulations, we could suffer penalties, become ineligible to participate in reimbursement programs, be the subject of federal and state investigations or be required to make significant changes to our operations, which may reduce our revenues, increase our costs and harm our business.
Healthcare service providers are required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels relating to, among other things:
• | licensure, certification and accreditation; |
16
Table of Contents
• | handling of controlled substances; |
• | adequacy of care, quality of services, qualifications of professional and support personnel; |
• | referrals of patients and relationships with physicians; |
• | inducements to use healthcare services that are paid for by governmental agencies; |
• | billings for reimbursement from commercial and government payors; |
• | confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with health-related information and medical records; |
• | physical plant planning, construction of new facilities and expansion of existing facilities; |
• | state and local land use and zoning requirements; and |
• | corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting. |
Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in the imposition of significant penalties or require us to change our operations, which may harm our business and operating results. Both federal and state government agencies as well as commercial payors have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare organizations.
The 2006 Work Plan issued by the OIG includes among the areas that the agency will target for investigation in 2006 a number of services we offer, including Outpatient Alcoholism Services and Freestanding Inpatient Alcoholism Providers. Any investigations of us or our executives or managers could result in significant liabilities or penalties, including possible exclusion from the Medicare or Medicaid programs, as well as adverse publicity.
The following is a discussion of some of the risks relating to specific laws and regulations that apply to us.
Licensure, accreditation and certification
In order to operate our business, our treatment facilities for substance abuse must obtain the required state and federal licenses and certification as well as, in most cases, accreditation from The Joint Commission or CARF. In addition, such licensure, certification and accreditation are required to receive reimbursement from most commercial and government payors. If our programs are unable to maintain such licensure, certification and accreditation, our revenue may decline, our growth may be limited and our business may be harmed.
Handling of controlled substances
All of our facilities that handle and dispense controlled substances must comply with especially strict federal and state regulations regarding such controlled substances. The potential for theft or diversion of such controlled substances distributed at our facilities for illegal uses has led the federal government as well as a number of states and localities to adopt stringent regulations not applicable to many other types of healthcare providers. Compliance with these regulations is expensive and these costs may increase in the future.
Referrals of patients and relationships with physicians
The federal anti-kickback statute and related regulations prohibit certain offers, payments or receipt of remuneration in return for referring patients covered by Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs or purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for or recommending any services, good, item or facility for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program. Federal physician self-referral legislation, known as the Stark Law, generally prohibits a physician from ordering certain services reimbursable by a federal healthcare program from an entity with which the physician has a financial relationship, unless an exception applies, and prohibits the entity from billing for certain services rendered pursuant to any prohibited referrals. Several of the states in which we operate have laws that are similar to the federal Stark Law and anti-kickback laws and that reach services paid for by private payors and individual patients.
If we fail to comply with the federal anti-kickback statute and its safe harbors, the Stark Law or other related state and federal laws and regulations, we could be subjected to criminal and civil penalties, we could lose our license to operate, and our residential and outpatient treatment programs could be excluded from participation in Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs and could be required to repay governmental payors amounts received by our residential and outpatient treatment programs for services resulting from prohibited referrals. In lieu of repayment, the OIG may impose civil monetary assessments of three times the amount of each item or service wrongfully claimed. In addition, if we do not operate our treatment facilities in accordance with applicable law, our residential and outpatient treatment programs may lose their licenses or the ability to participate in third-party reimbursement programs.
17
Table of Contents
Coding and billing rules
If we fail to comply with federal and state documentation, coding and billing rules, we could be subject to criminal and civil penalties, loss of licenses, loss of payment for past services and exclusion from Medicaid programs, which could harm us. Approximately 21% of our revenue for 2011 consisted of payments from Medicaid and other government programs. In billing for our services to government payors, we must follow complex documentation, coding and billing rules. Failure to follow these rules could result in potential criminal or civil liability under the federal False Claims Act, under which extensive financial penalties can be imposed. It could further result in criminal liability under various federal and state criminal statutes, or in our being ineligible for reimbursement under Medicaid programs. The rules are complex and we submit a large number of claims per year for Medicaid and other federal program payments and we cannot assure that governmental investigators, commercial insurers or whistleblowers will not challenge our practices or that there will be no errors. Any such challenges or errors could result in increased costs and have an adverse effect on our profitability, and could result in a portion of our recorded revenue being uncollectible or subject to repayment to governmental payors.
Privacy and security requirements
There are numerous federal and state regulations such as the federal regulations issued under the Drug Abuse Prevention, Treatment and Rehabilitation Act of 1979 and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) addressing patient information privacy and security concerns. Compliance with these regulations can be costly and requires substantial management time and resources. Our failure to comply with HIPAA privacy or security requirements could lead to civil and criminal penalties and our business could be harmed.
In addition, many states impose similar, and in some cases more restrictive, requirements. For example, some states impose laws governing the use and disclosure of health information pertaining to mental health and/or substance abuse issues that are more stringent than the rules that apply to healthcare information generally. As public attention is drawn to the issues of the privacy and security of medical information, states may revise or expand their laws concerning the use and disclosure of health information, or may adopt new laws addressing these subjects. Failure to comply with these laws could expose us to criminal and civil liability, as well as requiring us to restructure certain of our operations.
Changes to federal, state and local regulations and in the regulatory environment, as well as different or new interpretations of existing regulations, could adversely affect our operations and profitability.
Since our treatment programs and operations are regulated at federal, state and local levels, we could be affected by different regulatory changes in different regional markets. Increases in the costs of regulatory compliance and the risks of noncompliance may increase our operating costs, and we may not be able to recover these increased costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and profitability.
Also, because many of the current laws and regulations are relatively new, we do not always have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of these laws and regulations. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of these laws and regulations could subject our current or past practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could require us to make changes in our treatment facilities, equipment, personnel, services or capital expenditure programs. A determination that we have violated these laws, or the public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations of these laws, could adversely affect our business and operating results.
Federal, state and local regulations determine the capacity at which our therapeutic education programs for adolescents may be operated. Some of our programs in our youth division rely on federal land use permits to conduct the hiking, camping and ranching aspects of these programs. State licensing standards require many of our programs to have minimum staffing levels; minimum amounts of residential space per student and adhere to other minimum standards. Local regulations require us to follow land use guidelines at many of our programs, including those pertaining to fire safety, sewer capacity and other physical plant matters.
In addition, federal, state and local regulations may be enacted that impose additional requirements on our facilities. For example, effective 2011, the state of Indiana adopted additional regulations covering our clinics in Indiana and increasing our operating costs for such clinics. In 2010 and 2011, legislators and/or regulators in West Virginia, Tennessee and Pennsylvania sponsored legislation or regulations that could impact our operations and increase our operating expenses. Adoption of legislation or the creation of new regulations affecting our facilities could increase our operating costs, restrain our growth and harm our operating results.
We cannot predict the effect that healthcare reform and other changes in government programs may have on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
On March 23, 2010, the President signed into law the “Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act,” which contains reforms to the insurance markets and makes dramatic changes to the Medicare and Medicaid programs by adopting numerous initiatives intended to improve the quality of healthcare, promote patient safety, reduce the cost of healthcare, increase transparency and reduce fraud and abuse of federal healthcare programs.
18
Table of Contents
Many of the provisions of this healthcare legislation have not gone into effect immediately and may be delayed for several years, during which time the bill will be subject to further adjustments through future legislation or even constitutional challenges. This legislation will make significant changes to the U.S. healthcare system by requiring most individuals to have health insurance coverage, and would mandate material changes to the delivery of healthcare services and the reimbursement paid for such services in order to generate savings in the Medicare program. A primary focus of health care reform is to ultimately reduce costs, which could include material reductions in reimbursement paid to us and other healthcare providers. Healthcare reform could increase our operating costs and have a negative impact on third-party payors and insurance companies. Several states are also considering separate healthcare reform measures.
Due to the uncertainty of the resulting regulatory changes that will be needed to implement these reforms, we cannot predict the effects these reforms may have on our business; however, they may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
State and local regulation of the construction, acquisition or expansion of treatment facilities and youth programs could prevent us from opening or acquiring additional treatment facilities and youth programs or expanding or renovating our existing treatment facilities and youth programs, which may cause our growth to be restrained and our operating results to be adversely affected.
Some states have enacted laws which require prior approval for the construction, acquisition or expansion of treatment facilities and youth programs, or for other capital expenditures such as the acquisition of certain kinds of equipment. In giving approval, these states consider the need for additional or expanded treatment facilities or services. In the states of North Carolina, West Virginia and Indiana, in which we currently operate, certificates of need may be required to be obtained for capital expenditures exceeding a prescribed amount, changes in capacity or services offered. Other states in which we now or may in the future operate may also require certificates of need under certain circumstances not currently applicable to us, or may impose standards and other health planning requirements upon us.
No assurance can be given that we will be able to obtain the required approvals or certificates of need for additional or expanded treatment facilities or services in the future, which may restrain our growth. If we are unable to obtain required regulatory, zoning or other required approvals for renovations and expansions, our growth may be restrained and our operating results may be adversely affected.
Our treatment facilities are sometimes subject to attempts by local or regional governmental authorities and local area residents to force their closure or relocation.
Property owners and local authorities have attempted, and may in the future attempt, to use or enact zoning ordinances to eliminate our ability to operate a given treatment facility or program. Local governmental authorities in some cases also have attempted to use litigation and the threat of prosecution to force the closure of certain of our clinics. If any of these attempts were to succeed or if their frequency were to increase, our revenue would be adversely affected and our operating results might be harmed. In addition, such actions may require us to litigate which would increase our costs.
Management’s determination that a material weakness exists in our internal controls over financial reporting could have a material adverse impact on our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements.
In 2011, a review of inconsistencies in the accounts at one of our recovery residential treatment facilities resulted in the restatement of certain previously issued consolidated financial statements. We are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. As of December 31, 2011, we concluded that a material weakness existed in our internal control over financial reporting as discussed in Part II, Item 9A of this Form 10-K. As a result of this material weakness, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective and failed to timely prevent or detect errors in our consolidated financial statements. If not remediated, this material weakness could result in future misstatements of account balances or in disclosure that could result in material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements.
19
Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments |
None.
20
Table of Contents
ITEM 2. | Properties |
Recovery division. The following tables list our residential and outpatient treatment facilities, as of December 31, 2011.
Program | City | State | Owned /Leased | |||||
Inpatient Residential Treatment Facilities | ||||||||
Azure Acres | Sebastopol | CA | Owned | |||||
Bayside Marin (with multiple licensed treatment programs) | San Rafael | CA | Leased | |||||
Brandywine | Kennett Square | PA | Owned/Leased | |||||
Burkwood | Hudson | WI | Owned | |||||
Camp Recovery Center | Scotts Valley | CA | Owned | |||||
Galax Treatment Center | Galax | VA | Owned | |||||
Keystone Treatment Center | Canton | SD | Owned | |||||
Life Healing Center | Santa Fe | NM | Owned | |||||
New Life Lodge | Burns | TN | Owned | |||||
New Life Lodge Extended Care Program | Burns | TN | Leased | |||||
Sierra Tucson | Tucson | AZ | Leased | |||||
Sober Living by the Sea—Extended Care | Newport Beach | CA | Leased | |||||
Sober Living by the Sea—Sunrise Ranch | Riverside | CA | Leased | |||||
Sober Living by the Sea—Victorian | Newport Beach | CA | Leased | |||||
Sober Living by the Sea—The Rose | Newport Beach | CA | Leased | |||||
Sober Living by the Sea—The Landing | Newport Beach | CA | Leased | |||||
Starlite Recovery Center | Center Point | TX | Owned | |||||
Twelve Oaks | Navarre | FL | Owned | |||||
Wellness Resource Center | Boca Raton | FL | Owned/Leased | |||||
White Deer Run (WDR)—Allenwood | Allenwood | PA | Owned | |||||
WDR—Blue Mountain | Blue Mountain | PA | Owned | |||||
WDR—Lancaster | Lancaster | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Lebanon | Lebanon | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Johnstown New Directions | Johnstown | PA | Owned | |||||
WDR—Johnstown Renewal Center | Johnstown | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Torrance | Torrance | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Williamsburg | Williamsburg | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Williamsport | Williamsport | PA | Owned | |||||
WDR—York/Adams | York | PA | Leased | |||||
Wilmington Treatment Center | Wilmington | NC | Owned | |||||
Outpatient Treatment Facilities | ||||||||
Azure | Sacramento | CA | Leased | |||||
Bayside Marin | San Rafael | CA | Leased | |||||
Bayside Marin – San Francisco | San Francisco | CA | Leased | |||||
Camp Recovery Center—San Jose | Campbell | CA | Leased | |||||
Keystone—Sioux Falls | Sioux Falls | SD | Leased | |||||
Sober Living—Costa Mesa | Costa Mesa | CA | Leased | |||||
Wellness Resource Center | Boca Raton | FL | Leased | |||||
Wilmington—Myrtle Beach | Myrtle Beach | SC | Leased | |||||
WDR—Allentown | Allentown | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Erie | Erie | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Harrisburg | Harrisburg | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Lewisburg | Lewisburg | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—New Castle | New Castle | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Pittsburgh | Pittsburgh | PA | Leased | |||||
WDR—Williamsport | Williamsport | PA | Leased |
21
Table of Contents
Recovery division. The following table lists our comprehensive treatment centers by state and number, as of December 31, 2011.
State | Clinics | Owned / Leased | ||||
California | 12 | All clinics leased | ||||
Delaware | 1 | All clinics leased | ||||
Georgia | 1 | Leased | ||||
Indiana | 5 | All clinics leased | ||||
Kansas | 1 | Leased | ||||
Louisiana | 1 | Leased | ||||
Maryland | 3 | All clinics leased | ||||
North Carolina | 5 | All clinics leased | ||||
Oregon | 5 | All clinics leased | ||||
Pennsylvania | 2 | All clinics leased | ||||
Tennessee | 1 | Leased | ||||
Virginia | 3 | All clinics leased | ||||
Washington | 5 | All clinics leased | ||||
West Virginia | 7 | All leased except for one owned property | ||||
Wisconsin | 5 | All clinics leased | ||||
|
| |||||
Total | 57 | |||||
|
|
Youth division. The following table lists our adolescent treatment programs within our youth division as of December 31, 2011.
Program | City | State | Owned /Leased | |||
Residential Treatment Centers | ||||||
Aspen Institute for Behavioral Assessment | Syracuse | UT | Leased | |||
Island View | Syracuse | UT | Leased | |||
Turn-About Ranch | Escalante | UT | Owned/Leased | |||
Youth Care | Draper | UT | Owned/Leased | |||
Therapeutic Boarding Schools | ||||||
Academy at Swift River | Cummington | MA | Leased | |||
Copper Canyon Academy | Rimrock | AZ | Leased | |||
Talisman Academy | Hendersonville | NC | Leased | |||
Oakley School | Oakley | UT | Leased | |||
Stone Mountain School | Black Mountain | NC | Leased | |||
Special Learning Needs | ||||||
Camp Huntington | High Falls | NY | Leased | |||
Talisman Summer Camps | Zirconia | NC | Leased | |||
Outdoor Programs | ||||||
Adirondack Leadership Expeditions | Saranac Lake | NY | Leased | |||
Four Circles Recovery Center | Horseshoe | NC | Leased | |||
Outback Therapeutic Expeditions | Lehi | UT | Leased | |||
SUWS of the Carolinas | Old Fort | NC | Leased | |||
SUWS of Idaho | Shoshone | ID | Leased |
22
Table of Contents
Weight Management division. The following table lists our eating disorder facilities, residential weight management program, and weight management schools and camps as of December 31, 2011.
Program | City | State | Owned /Leased | |||
Weight Loss Facilities: | ||||||
Residential Weight Management Program | ||||||
Structure House | Durham | NC | Owned | |||
Weight Management Schools and Camps | ||||||
Wellspring Academy of the Carolinas | Brevard | NC | Leased | |||
Wellspring Academy of California | Reedley | CA | Leased | |||
Wellspring Adventure Camp NC | Canton | NC | Leased | |||
Wellspring Family Camp | La Jolla | CA | Leased | |||
Wellspring La Jolla | La Jolla | CA | Leased | |||
Wellspring Florida | Melbourne | FL | Leased | |||
Wellspring New York | Schenectady | NY | Leased | |||
Wellspring Pennsylvania | Scranton | PA | Leased | |||
Wellspring Texas | San Marcos | TX | Leased | |||
Wellspring Wisconsin | Platteville | WI | Leased | |||
Wellspring UK | Exeter | UK | Leased | |||
Eating Disorder Facilities | ||||||
Montecatini | Carlsbad | CA | Owned | |||
Montecatini IOP | Carlsbad | CA | Leased | |||
Center For Hope of the Sierras | Reno | NV | Owned/Leased | |||
Center For Hope of the Sierras IOP | Reno | NV | Leased | |||
Carolina House | Durham | NC | Owned |
Our properties are owned and or leased as designated above. All owned property is subject to a security interest under our senior secured credit facility. We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business.
ITEM 3. | Legal Proceedings |
In a complaint initially filed on July 6, 2011, and amended on August 25, 2011, in Multnomah County Circuit Court in Oregon, 17 former students of one of our previously closed therapeutic boarding school facilities allege mental and physical abuse by certain former employees or agents of the school. We and our subsidiary, CRC Health Oregon, Inc., are among the defendants in the pending litigation. The plaintiffs seek a total of $26.0 million in relief. A second suit was filed in November in Multnomah County Circuit Court in Oregon by 14 former students also alleging abuse. The plaintiffs seek a total of $23 million in relief. We and the other defendants intend to defend vigorously the pending lawsuit. In consultation with counsel and based on our preliminary investigation into the facts alleged, we believe this case is without merit. However, at this time, we are unable to predict the outcome of the lawsuit, the possible loss or range of loss, if any, after consideration of the extent of insurance coverage associated with the resolution of the lawsuit or any potential effect it may have on us or our operations.
In 2011, two actions were brought against our New Life Lodge facility. One suit alleges negligence and medical malpractice resulting in wrongful death and seeks a total $32.0 million in compensatory and punitive damages. The second suit is a medical malpractice action for alleged wrongful death and seeks $13.0 million in compensatory and punitive damages. We intend to defend vigorously the pending lawsuits. In consultation with counsel and based on our preliminary investigation into the facts alleged, we believe these cases are without merit. However, at this time, we are unable to predict the outcome of the lawsuit or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, after consideration of the extent of insurance coverage associated with the resolution of the lawsuit or any potential effect it may have on us or our operations.
23
Table of Contents
We are involved in other litigation and regulatory investigations arising in the ordinary course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, management estimates that these matters will be resolved without material adverse effect on the our future financial position or results from operations and cash flows, except as discussed above.
ITEM 4. | Mine Safety Disclosures |
None.
24
Table of Contents
PART II
ITEM 5. | Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
There is no established public trading market for our common stock. We are a wholly owned subsidiary of CRC Health Group, Inc. which holds all of our outstanding common stock.
ITEM 6. | Selected Financial Data |
Set forth below is selected historical consolidated financial information at the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary of historical financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 has been derived from our audited financial statements. The selected historical financial information should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for future periods. (All amounts presented below are in thousands.)
Year Ended December 31, 2011 | Year Ended December 31, 2010 | Year Ended December 31, 2009 | Year Ended December 31, 2008 | Year Ended December 31, 2007 | ||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenue | $ | 446,043 | $ | 421,684 | $ | 405,592 | $ | 423,099 | $ | 396,802 | ||||||||||
Operating expenses (1) | 377,777 | 410,633 | 373,148 | 504,870 | 340,304 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Operating (loss) income | 68,266 | 11,051 | 32,444 | (81,771 | ) | 56,498 | ||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax | 12,022 | (33,601 | ) | (16,117 | ) | (120,929 | ) | (4,397 | ) | |||||||||||
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax | (9,482 | ) | (12,502 | ) | (11,022 | ) | (19,358 | ) | 5,901 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net income (loss) | 2,540 | (46,103 | ) | (27,139 | ) | (140,287 | ) | 1,504 | ||||||||||||
Less: net (loss) income attributable to the noncontrolling interest | — | — | (62 | ) | (153 | ) | 189 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to CRC Health Corporation | $ | 2,540 | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (27,077 | ) | $ | (140,134 | ) | $ | 1,315 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Amounts attributable to CRC Health Corporation: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax | $ | 12,022 | $ | (33,601 | ) | $ | (16,060 | ) | $ | (120,767 | ) | $ | (4,586 | ) | ||||||
Discontinued operations, net of tax | (9,482 | ) | (12,502 | ) | (11,017 | ) | (19,367 | ) | 5,901 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to CRC Health Corporation | $ | 2,540 | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (27,077 | ) | $ | (140,134 | ) | $ | 1,315 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. | During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recognized $52.7 million, $32.2 million and $140.5 million, respectively, in non-cash goodwill impairment charges. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2008, we recognized $6.1 million, $9.5 million, and $4.5 million, respectively, in non-cash asset impairments. |
25
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2011 | Year Ended December 31, 2010 | Year Ended December 31, 2009 | Year Ended December 31, 2008 | Year Ended December 31, 2007 | ||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data (at period end): | ||||||||||||||||||||
Working capital(1) | $ | 6,653 | $ | (9,981 | ) | $ | (15,972 | ) | $ | (15,562 | ) | $ | (57,573 | ) | ||||||
Property and equipment, net | 126,840 | 125,626 | 124,635 | 130,433 | 123,922 | |||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | 10,183 | 7,111 | 4,982 | 2,540 | 5,118 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets | 1,038,957 | 1,039,723 | 1,108,214 | 1,171,572 | 1,323,276 | |||||||||||||||
Long-term debt (including current portion) | 601,679 | 610,026 | 631,076 | 653,152 | 648,367 | |||||||||||||||
Stockholders’ equity | 264,954 | 254,973 | 289,072 | 304,805 | 445,896 | |||||||||||||||
Other Financial Data: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures | 17,410 | 21,278 | 12,136 | 25,517 | 30,072 | |||||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | 37,659 | 45,779 | 36,165 | 24,414 | 56,333 | |||||||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities | (19,366 | ) | (21,913 | ) | (11,515 | ) | (39,883 | ) | (70,860 | ) | ||||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities | (15,221 | ) | (21,737 | ) | (22,208 | ) | 12,891 | 15,439 |
1. | We define working capital as our current assets (including cash and cash equivalents) minus our current liabilities, which includes the current portion of long-term debt and accrued interest thereon. |
26
Table of Contents
ITEM 7. | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes (including the presentation and disclosure correction discussed in Note 1) that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report. Unless the context otherwise requires, in this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, the terms “our company,” “we,” “us,” “the Company” and “our” refer to CRC Health Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.
OVERVIEW
We are a leading provider of treatment services related to substance abuse, troubled youth, and other addiction diseases and behavioral disorders. We deliver our services through our three divisions: recovery, youth and weight management. Our recovery division provides substance abuse and behavioral disorder treatment services through our residential treatment facilities and outpatient treatment clinics. Our youth division provides therapeutic educational programs to underachieving young people through residential schools and outdoor programs. Our weight management division provides treatment services through adolescent and adult weight management programs as well as eating disorder facilities.
As of December 31, 2011 our recovery division, operated 30 inpatient, 15 outpatient facilities, and 57 comprehensive treatment centers (“CTCs”) in 21 states. Our youth division, operated 16 adolescent and young adult programs in 6 states. Our weight management division operated 18 facilities in 8 states, and one in the United Kingdom.
In the second quarter of 2011, we reorganized our managerial and financial reporting structure into three segments: recovery, youth and weight management. Prior to this change, we had two operating segments, which were also our reportable segments: recovery and healthy living. The youth and weight management businesses that were previously reported under healthy living are now reported separately. We have retrospectively revised the segment presentation for all periods presented.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
During the year ended December 31, 2011 we generated $446.0 million in net revenues, an increase of 6%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of revenue increases across all three of our divisions. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $2.5 million, compared to a net loss of $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of a decrease in non-cash goodwill and asset impairments.
During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, we generated approximately 80% of our net revenue from non-governmental sources, including 57%, 60%, and 64% from self-payors, respectively, and 23% , 20% and 16% from commercial payors, respectively. Our government program net revenue was received from multiple counties and states under Medicaid and similar programs.
On March 24, 2011, we announced a plan to transition the services provided within our youth division to a more focused national network of services. This smaller network will allow us to apply our resources where there are the greatest needs and assure the best possible service for our students and families. Additionally, as a part of a plan to align our resources with our business plan, we initiated restructuring of certain of our administrative functions at our corporate headquarters and other divisions during 2011. Collectively, this plan is referred to as the FY11 plan. As part of the plan, we terminated operations at five youth facilities and consolidated services at two other youth facilities. We also closed seven of our outpatient facilities within our recovery division as a part of our plan to better align resources with our plan. In connection with the FY11 plan, we recognized $9.7 million of restructuring charges, of which $7.8 million has been classified as discontinued operations, during the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, we have completed the termination of operations at all of the facilities. Future rental payments, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with the exit or consolidation of excess facilities are expected to continue through fiscal 2020. The total restructuring accrual at December 31, 2011, is $10.6 million, which includes $4.8 million remaining from our restructuring plan initiated in 2008 (the “FY08 plan”). The remaining restructuring accrual primarily relates to operating leases on closed facilities.
On March 7, 2012, we entered into an amendment agreement that further amended and restated the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to refinance $80.9 million of our term loans maturing on February 6, 2013 with cash proceeds (net of related fees and expenses) from a new tranche of term loans. As a result of this agreement, all term loans under our senior secured credit facility will mature on November 16, 2015.
On January 20, 2011, we entered into an amendment agreement that further amended and restated our existing credit agreement (the “Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) to extend the maturity on a substantial portion of the existing term loans and revolving line of credit and provide the Company with greater flexibility to amend and refinance our term loans and revolving line of credit in the future. Under the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the maturity date of an aggregate amount of $309.0 million of the existing term loans was extended from February 6, 2013 to November 16, 2015. The maturity date of an aggregate amount of $63.0 million of the existing revolving credit commitments was extended from February 6, 2012 to August 16, 2015.
27
Table of Contents
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts— Our ability to collect outstanding patient receivables from third party payors is critical to our operating performance and cash flows. The primary collection risk with regard to patient receivables relates to uninsured patient accounts or patient accounts for which primary insurance has paid, but the portion owed by the patient remains outstanding. We estimate uncollectible accounts and establish an allowance for doubtful accounts in order to adjust accounts receivable to estimated net realizable value. In evaluating the collectability of accounts receivable, we consider a number of factors, including the age of the accounts, historical collection experience, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Accounts receivable that are determined to be uncollectible based on our policies are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts.
Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization— We test our long-lived and intangible assets subject to amortization for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of those assets may not be recoverable. The long-lived and intangible assets subject to amortization are tested for impairment at the facility level which represents the lowest level at which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. If the undiscounted future cash flows from the asset tested are less than the carrying value, a loss equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair market value of the asset is recorded. Fair value is determined using discounted cash flow methods.
Our impairment analysis requires judgment with respect to many factors, including future cash flows, success at executing business strategy, and future revenue and expense growth rates. It is possible that our estimates of undiscounted cash flows may change in the future resulting in the need to reassess the carrying value of our long-lived and intangible assets subject to amortization for impairment.
Impairment charges related to long-lived and intangible assets subject to amortization are included in the consolidated statements of operations under asset impairment and loss from discontinued operations.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization—We test goodwill for impairment annually, at the beginning of our fourth quarter or more frequently if evidence of possible impairment arises. We perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit, defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, being tested to its carrying value. The goodwill impairment test is performed based on the reporting units that we have in place at the time of the test. The reporting units may change over time as our operating segments change, or the component businesses therein change, due to economic conditions, acquisitions, restructuring or otherwise. At the time of these events, we reevaluate our reporting units using the reporting unit determination guidelines. As necessary, goodwill is reassigned between the affected reporting units using a relative fair-value approach.
We determine the fair value of our reporting units using a combination of the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate fair value based on what investors have paid for similar interests in comparable companies through the development of ratios of market prices to various earnings indications of comparable companies taking into consideration adjustments for growth prospects, debt levels and overall size. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant estimates and assumptions at many points during the analysis. Our estimated future cash flows are based on assumptions that reflect our best estimates and incorporate estimated future cash flows consistent with our annual planning process and include estimates for revenue and operating margins and future economic and market conditions. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. In addition, we make certain judgments and assumptions in allocating shared assets and liabilities to determine the carrying values for each of our reporting units tested. Changes in assumptions or circumstances could result in an additional impairment in the period in which the change occurs and in future years. Factors that could cause us to record additional goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to:
1. | Decreases in revenues or increases in operating costs |
2. | Increases in the Company’s borrowing rates or weighted average cost of capital |
28
Table of Contents
3. | Increase in the blended tax rate |
4. | Changes in working capital |
5. | Significant alteration of market multiples utilized in the valuation process |
6. | Significant decrease in market value of comparable companies |
7. | Significant changes in perpetuity growth rate |
Our intangible assets not subject to amortization consist of trademarks and trade names, certificates of need, and regulatory licenses. We test intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment annually, at the beginning of our fourth quarter or more frequently if evidence of possible impairment arises. We apply a fair value-based impairment test to the net book value of other intangible assets not subject to amortization using a combination of income and market approaches.
Impairment charges related to goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization are included in the consolidated statements of operations under goodwill impairment, asset impairment and discontinued operations.
Revenue Recognition— Revenue is recognized when rehabilitation and treatment services are provided to a patient. Client service revenue is reported at the estimated net realizable amounts from clients, third-party payors and others for services rendered. Provisions for estimated third-party payor settlements are provided for in the period the related services are rendered and adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. Revenue for educational services provided by our youth and weight management divisions consists primarily of tuition, enrollment fees, alumni services and ancillary charges. Tuition revenue and ancillary charges are recognized based on contracted monthly/daily rates as services are rendered. The enrollment fees for service contracts that are charged upfront are deferred and recognized over the average student length of stay, ranging between 2 and 16 months. We may, from time to time, provide charity care to a limited number of clients. We do not record revenues or receivables for charity care provided. Advance billings for client services are deferred and recognized as the related services are performed.
Stock-Based Compensation — We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards, including employee stock options based on the grant-date fair value. We estimate grant date fair value of our awards by utilizing a binomial model in conjunction with Monte Carlo simulation as well as a Black Scholes model. For awards that are subject to both a performance and market condition, compensation expense is recognized over the longer of the implicit service period associated with the performance condition or the derived service period associated with the market condition.
Income Taxes— We account for income taxes under an asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. For U.S. federal tax return purposes, we are part of a consolidated tax return with our Parent, CRC Health Group, Inc. However, our provision for income taxes is prepared on a stand-alone basis.
We establish reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when we believe that certain positions might be challenged despite our belief that our tax return positions are in accordance with applicable tax laws. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, new tax legislation, or the change of an estimate based on new information. To the extent that the final tax outcome is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the effect of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties. We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes based on technical merits.
Recent Accounting Guidance
For a summary of recent accounting guidance, please see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.
29
Table of Contents
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table presents our results of operations by segment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):
Years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Net revenue: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | 344,780 | $ | 326,464 | $ | 310,392 | ||||||
Youth | 69,509 | 66,455 | 69,467 | |||||||||
Weight management | 31,614 | 28,572 | 25,493 | |||||||||
Corporate | 140 | 193 | 240 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total net revenue | 446,043 | 421,684 | 405,592 | |||||||||
Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | 238,721 | 217,856 | 212,384 | |||||||||
Youth | 77,644 | 134,250 | 105,211 | |||||||||
Weight management | 27,277 | 26,735 | 24,072 | |||||||||
Corporate | 34,135 | 31,792 | 31,481 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total operating expenses | 377,777 | 410,633 | 373,148 | |||||||||
Operating income (loss): | ||||||||||||
Recovery | 106,059 | 108,608 | 98,008 | |||||||||
Youth | (8,135 | ) | (67,795 | ) | (35,744 | ) | ||||||
Weight management | 4,337 | 1,837 | 1,421 | |||||||||
Corporate | (33,995 | ) | (31,599 | ) | (31,241 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Operating income | 68,266 | 11,051 | 32,444 | |||||||||
Interest expense | (45,324 | ) | (43,340 | ) | (45,419 | ) | ||||||
Other income | 854 | 473 | 58 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes | 23,796 | (31,816 | ) | (12,917 | ) | |||||||
Income tax expense | 11,774 | 1,785 | 3,200 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax | 12,022 | (33,601 | ) | (16,117 | ) | |||||||
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | (9,482 | ) | (12,502 | ) | (11,022 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net income (loss) | 2,540 | (46,103 | ) | (27,139 | ) | |||||||
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest | — | — | (62 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net loss attributable to CRC Health Corporation | $ | 2,540 | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (27,077 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
Table of Contents
The following table compares total facility statistics for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:
Years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Recovery | ||||||||||||
Residential and outpatient facilities | ||||||||||||
Revenue (in thousands) | $ | 221,566 | $ | 207,853 | $ | 197,370 | ||||||
Patient days | 590,038 | 577,170 | 551,899 | |||||||||
Net revenue per patient day | $ | 375.51 | $ | 360.12 | $ | 357.62 | ||||||
CTCs | ||||||||||||
Revenue (in thousands) | $ | 123,214 | $ | 118,611 | $ | 113,021 | ||||||
Patient days | 9,796,062 | 9,628,338 | 9,427,599 | |||||||||
Net revenue per patient day | $ | 12.58 | $ | 12.32 | $ | 11.99 | ||||||
Youth | ||||||||||||
Residential facilities | ||||||||||||
Revenue (in thousands) | $ | 43,641 | $ | 45,029 | $ | 49,327 | ||||||
Patient days | 145,639 | 159,653 | 175,474 | |||||||||
Net revenue per patient day | $ | 299.65 | $ | 282.04 | $ | 281.11 | ||||||
Outdoor programs | ||||||||||||
Revenue (in thousands) | $ | 25,868 | $ | 21,426 | $ | 20,140 | ||||||
Patient days | 62,331 | 59,654 | 57,023 | |||||||||
Net revenue per patient day | $ | 415.01 | $ | 359.17 | $ | 353.19 | ||||||
Weight Management | ||||||||||||
Revenue (in thousands) | $ | 31,614 | $ | 28,572 | $ | 25,493 | ||||||
Patient days | 102,465 | 99,705 | 85,314 | |||||||||
Net revenue per patient day | $ | 308.53 | $ | 286.57 | $ | 298.81 |
Recovery
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Revenues increased $18.3 million due to $13.7 million and $4.6 million increases from Residential facilities and CTCs, respectively. The increases in recovery residential facilities and in CTC’s were primarily due to an increase in patient days at our facilities and an increase in net revenue per patient day.
Operating expenses increased $20.9 million primarily due to a $10.7 million increase in supplies, facilities, and other operating costs, an $8.0 million increase in salaries and benefits, a $1.7 million increase in the provision for doubtful accounts, and a $0.5 million increase in non-cash asset impairment charges. Salaries and benefits, as well as supplies, facilities, and other operating costs increased primarily due to an increase in patient days in 2011. The provision for doubtful accounts primarily increased as a result of certain collection issues at certain residential recovery facilities. The increase in non-cash asset impairment charges was attributable to the impairment of an intangible asset not subject to amortization in 2011.
As previously disclosed, in November 2011, we received notice that a state agency suspended admissions to one of our Recovery residential facilities, New Life Lodge, for 120 days or until the state agency determines that issues prompting suspension have been addressed and corrected. The state agency suspended admissions after finding that the facility was in violation of licensing rules. Operating results for the facility were negatively impacted in 2011. Specifically, revenues and operating profits decreased $4.2 million and $8.0 million, respectively, relative to 2010. In March 2012 we received notice that the admission suspension would not be extended. We intend to re-open the facility in April 2012.
31
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
Revenues increased $16.1 million due to a $10.5 million and $5.6 million increase from Residential and CTCs, respectively. The increase in recovery residential facilities was primarily due to higher patient days. The increase in CTCs was primarily due to an increase in patient days at our facilities and an increase in net revenue per patient day as a result of price increases.
Operating expenses increased by $5.5 million primarily due to a $2.9 million increase in salaries and benefits, and a $2.4 million increase in supplies, facilities, and other operating costs. Salaries and benefits increased primarily due to an increase in patient days. Supplies, facilities, and other operating costs increased primarily due to increases required to support the increase in patient days.
Youth
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Revenues increased $3.1 million primarily due to a $4.4 million increase from our outdoor programs, offset by a $1.3 million decrease from our residential programs. The increase in outdoor programs was primarily due to an increase in student days and an increase in net revenue per patient day in 2011. The decrease in youth residential facilities was primarily due to decrease in average length of stay offset by higher tuition rates.
Operating expenses decreased by $56.6 million primarily due to a $56.3 million decrease in non-cash asset and goodwill impairment charges and a $1.4 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expenses, partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in salaries and benefits. During the year ended December, 31, 2011, the Company recorded a $3.7 million non-cash impairment charge for impairment of long lived assets and intangible assets subject to amortization. Non-cash asset and goodwill impairment charges decreased due to impairments of $61.9 million taken in 2010. Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased primarily due to lower depreciable assets during 2011 as a result of non-cash asset impairments charges in 2010. Salaries and benefits increased primarily due to an increase required to support increases in student days.
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
Revenues decreased $3.0 million primarily due to a $4.3 million decrease from residential programs partially offset by a $1.3 million increase from outdoor programs. The decrease in youth residential facilities was primarily due to a decrease in the average length of stay of students and a decrease in graduation rates. The increase in outdoor programs was primarily due to an increase in patient days.
Operating expenses increased by $29.0 million primarily due to a $29.7 million increase in non-cash asset and goodwill impairment charges, a $1.6 million increase to supplies, facilities, and other operating costs, partially offset by a $2.2 million decrease depreciation and amortization expenses. In increase in non-cash asset and goodwill impairment charges was a result of economic conditions and their adverse impact on the youth business. Supplies, facilities, and other operating costs increased primarily due to higher marketing costs. Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased primarily due to asset impairments in 2010.
Weight Management
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Revenues increased $3.0 million due to an increase in patient days and net revenue per patient day at our eating disorder facilities and summer weight loss camps.
Operating expenses increased by $0.5 million to support an increase in patient days.
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
Revenues increased $3.1 million due to an increase in patient days primarily at our eating disorder facilities. Net revenue per patient day decreased primarily due to patients at our eating disorder facilities purchasing lower levels of care.
Operating expenses increased by $2.7 million primarily due to a $2.0 million increase to supplies, facilities, and other operating costs, and a $0.6 million increase to salaries and benefits.
32
Table of Contents
Corporate
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Operating expenses increased by $2.3 million primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in supplies, facilities, and other operating costs and a $0.6 million increase in depreciation expenses. Supplies, facilities, and other operating costs increased primarily due to an increase in legal fees as a result of the 2010 restatement, an increase in recruitment fees due to costs related to the hiring of new executive officers in 2011, and costs related to the re-financing of our debt in January 2011.
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
Operating expenses remained relatively the same from the prior period.
Interest expense
Interest expense, net, includes interest paid on our debt, amortization of debt discount, and capitalized financing costs. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we incurred interest expense of $45.3 million, $43.3 million, and $45.4 million, respectively. Interest expense increased during the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the prior year primarily due to an increase in interest rates on our term loans and revolving credit facility refinanced in 2011. Interest expense decreased during the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a decrease in outstanding long-term debt.
Other income
During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, we recorded other income of $0.8 million, $0.5 million, and $0.1 million, respectively. Other income includes interest income on our Loan Program. The annual increases represent the increase in interest income from the loans outstanding.
Income tax expense
During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 we recorded income tax expense of $11.8 million, $1.8 million, and $3.2 million, respectively.
Discontinued operations, net of tax
During the years ended December 31, 2011 2010, and 2009, we incurred a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $9.5 million, $12.5 million and $11.0 million, respectively.
33
Table of Contents
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our principal sources of liquidity for operating activities are payments from self-pay patients, students, commercial payors and government programs for treatment services. We receive most of our cash from self-payors in advance or upon completion of treatment. Cash revenue from commercial payors and government programs is typically received upon the collection of accounts receivable, which are generated upon delivery of treatment services.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 37,659 | $ | 45,779 | $ | 36,165 | ||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (19,366 | ) | (21,913 | ) | (11,515 | ) | ||||||
Net cash used in financing activities | (15,221 | ) | (21,737 | ) | (22,208 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net increase in cash | $ | 3,072 | $ | 2,129 | $ | 2,442 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Cash provided from operating activities was $37.7 million in 2011 and $45.8 million in 2010. The $8.1 million decrease in cash flows from operating activities in fiscal 2011 was the result of the an increase in accounts receivable of $4.3 million resulting from a growth in revenues, an increase of $2.5 million in loans outstanding under the Loan Program, a decrease of $1.3 million in deferred revenues, a decrease of $0.9 million in deposits, offset by an increase of $4.7 million in other liabilities.
Cash used in investing activities was $19.4 million in 2011, compared to $21.9 million in 2010. The decrease of $2.5 million in the cash used for investing activities during 2011 was due to a $3.9 million decrease in capital expenditures, offset by a $2.0 million acquisition.
Cash used in financing activities was $15.2 million in 2011, compared to $21.7 million in 2010. The decrease of cash used in financing activities of $6.5 million was primarily due to a $10.1 million decrease in repayments, net of borrowings, of our long-term debt and revolving line of credit.
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
Cash provided from operating activities was $45.8 million in 2010 and $36.2 million in 2009. The $9.6 million increase in cash flows from operating activities in fiscal 2010 was the result of various changes in working capital balances.
Cash used in investing activities was $21.9 million in 2010, compared to $11.5 million in 2009. The increase of $10.4 million in the cash used for investing activities during 2010 was due primarily to increases in capital expenditures and acquisitions of $9.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively, compared to 2009 as well as a decrease of $0.7 million in proceeds resulting from the sale in 2009 of four facilities classified as discontinued operations.
Cash used in financing activities was $21.7 million in 2010, compared to $22.2 million in 2009. The decrease of cash used in financing activities of $0.4 million was due primarily to lower outflows related to cash distributed to Parent of $0.4 million.
Financing and Liquidity
We anticipate that cash generated by current operations, the remaining funds available under the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility and existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet working capital requirements, service our debt and finance capital expenditures over the next 12 months.
In addition, we may expand existing treatment facilities and build or acquire new facilities. Management continually assesses our capital needs and may seek additional financing, including debt or equity, to fund potential acquisitions, additions of property and equipment, or for other corporate purposes. In negotiating such financing, there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital on terms satisfactory to us. Failure to obtain additional financing on reasonable terms could have a negative effect on our plans to acquire additional treatment facilities. We expect to spend approximately $10.9 million for maintenance related expenditures and up to an additional $11.5 million over the next 12 months for expansion projects, systems upgrades and other related initiatives.
Credit Agreement - Please refer to Note 8 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for further about our long-term debt borrowing arrangements.
Under the terms of our borrowing arrangements, we are required to comply with various covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in our borrowing arrangements, to interest expense ratio of 2.0 to 1 and to not exceed an Adjusted Debt (total consolidated debt less cash and cash equivalents exceeding $0.5 million) to Adjusted EBITDA ratio of 6.75 to 1. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with these covenant requirements.
34
Table of Contents
The computation of Adjusted EBITDA, as defined by the covenants in our senior subordinated notes, is provided below solely to provide an understanding of the impact that Adjusted EBITDA has on our ability to comply with certain covenants in our borrowing arrangements that are tied to these measures and to borrow under the credit facility. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) or cash flows from operating activities (which are determined in accordance with GAAP) and is not being presented as an indicator of operating performance or a measure of liquidity. Other companies may define Adjusted EBITDA differently and, as a result, such measures may not be comparable to our Adjusted EBITDA.
The following table reconciles our net income (loss) to our Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
NET INCOME (LOSS) | $ | 2,540 | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (27,077 | ) | ||||
Depreciation and amortization (1) | 19,762 | 20,945 | 23,304 | |||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) (1) | 5,758 | (6,330 | ) | (2,944 | ) | |||||||
Interest expense (1) | 45,328 | 43,347 | 45,428 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
EBITDA | 73,388 | 11,859 | 38,711 | |||||||||
ADJUSTMENTS TO EBITDA: | ||||||||||||
Discontinued operations | 4,752 | 3,910 | 2,298 | |||||||||
Asset impairment (1) | 9,009 | 21,163 | 11,500 | |||||||||
Goodwill impairment (1) | — | 52,723 | 32,189 | |||||||||
Non-impairment restructuring activities | 9,701 | 6,881 | 3,724 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense | 3,384 | 3,322 | 4,966 | |||||||||
Foreign exchange translation | 42 | 15 | (8 | ) | ||||||||
(Loss) gain on fixed asset disposal | (117 | ) | 158 | 1,305 | ||||||||
Management fees | 2,545 | 3,490 | 3,476 | |||||||||
Debt refinancing costs | 2,064 | 271 | — | |||||||||
Other non-cash charges and non-recurring costs | 112 | (122 | ) | 1,259 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total pro forma adjustments to EBITDA | 31,492 | 91,811 | 60,709 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
ADJUSTED EBITDA | $ | 104,880 | $ | 103,670 | $ | 99,420 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Includes amounts related to both continuing operations and discontinued operations. |
35
Table of Contents
The following table shows that we are in compliance with covenant requirements under the terms of our borrowing arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (dollars are in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 104,880 | $ | 103,670 | $ | 99,420 | ||||||
Adjusted EBITDA as a multiple of cash interest expense | 2.54 | 2.65 | 2.33 | |||||||||
Minimum Adjusted EBITDA as a multiple of cash interest expense | 2.00 | 2.00 | 1.75 | |||||||||
Total Debt at December 31, 2011 (1) | $ | 602,074 | $ | 611,938 | $ | 633,308 | ||||||
Less cash and cash equivalents in excess of $0.5 million at December 31, 2011 | (9,683 | ) | (6,611 | ) | (4,482 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Adjusted Debt | $ | 592,391 | $ | 605,327 | $ | 628,826 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Adjusted Debt to Adjusted EBITDA | 5.65 | 5.84 | 6.32 | |||||||||
Maximum Adjusted Debt to Adjusted EBITDA | 6.75 | 6.75 | 7.25 |
(1) | Includes debt of discontinued operations of $395, $1,912 and $3,499 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
Off-Balance Sheet Obligations
As of December 31, 2011, our off-balance sheet obligations consisted of $9.4 million in letters of credit and $0.3 million in loan purchase commitments related to our Loan Program.
Obligations and Commitments
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):
Total | Less Than 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 4-5 Years | Thereafter | ||||||||||||||||
Term loans, including interest (i ) | $ | 451,521 | $ | 24,753 | $ | 113,000 | $ | 313,767 | $ | — | ||||||||||
Senior subordinated notes, including interest (ii) | 263,063 | 19,059 | 38,119 | 205,885 | — | |||||||||||||||
Revolving line of credit, including interest (iii) | 38,356 | 1,794 | 36,562 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Seller notes, including interest (iv) | 685 | 485 | 200 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Operating leases | 110,273 | 17,655 | 28,261 | 18,561 | 45,796 | |||||||||||||||
Consulting agreements and other service contracts | 8,371 | 1,956 | 6,028 | 387 | — | |||||||||||||||
Liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions | 863 | — | — | 109 | 754 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total obligations | $ | 873,132 | $ | 65,702 | $ | 222,170 | $ | 538,709 | $ | 46,550 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) | The interest rate was calculated using published three month LIBOR at December 31, 2011 plus 4.5% and 2.25% for the extended and non-extended portion of term loans, respectively. This interest rate was 5.06% and 2.81% for the extended and non-extended portion of the term loans, respectively. The effect of the refinancing completed in March 2012 is not reflected in the table above. |
(ii) | Stated interest rate of 10.75% per the indenture. |
(iii) | The interest rate for the extended revolving line of credit was calculated using published one month LIBOR at December 31, 2011, plus 4.0%, which equals 4.28%. The interest rate for the non-extended line of credit was calculated using the published one month LIBOR at December 31, 2011, plus 2.5%, which equaled 2.78%. The balance of the non-extended revolving line of credit at December 31, 2011 matured on February 6, 2012. |
(iv) | Includes $0.4 million of seller notes related to discontinued operations. These seller notes are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets under current liabilities of discontinued operations. |
36
Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk |
Interest rate risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our long-term debt. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to the term loans outstanding under our amended and restated senior secured credit facility. As of December 31, 2011 we have $388.7 million in term loans outstanding, bearing interest at variable rates. A hypothetical quarter point increase or decrease in market interest rates compared to the interest rates at December 31, 2011 would result in a $1.0 million change in annual interest expense on our term loans. We also have a revolving credit facility, which provides for borrowings of up to $63.0 million, which bears interest at variable rates. Assuming the revolving line of credit is fully drawn, each quarter point change in interest rates compared to the interest rates at December 31, 2011 would result in a $0.2 million change in the annual interest expense on our revolving credit facility.
37
Table of Contents
ITEM 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
38
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
CRC Health Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CRC Health Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”), (a wholly owned subsidiary of CRC Health Group, Inc.) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CRC Health Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of presenting comprehensive income (loss) in 2011 due to the adoption of FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05,Presentation of Comprehensive Income. The change in presentation has been applied retrospectively to all periods presented.
/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP |
San Francisco, California |
March 30, 2012 |
39
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)
December 31, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | |||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
CURRENT ASSETS: | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 10,183 | $ | 7,111 | ||||
Restricted cash | 328 | 546 | ||||||
Accounts receivable - net | 36,196 | 31,873 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses | 8,372 | 8,530 | ||||||
Other current assets | 2,638 | 1,921 | ||||||
Income taxes receivable | 516 | 470 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes | 6,365 | 6,761 | ||||||
Current assets of discontinued operations | 1,261 | 1,635 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total current assets | 65,859 | 58,847 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Net | 126,840 | 125,626 | ||||||
GOODWILL - Net | 523,792 | 521,807 | ||||||
INTANGIBLE ASSETS - Net | 301,347 | 314,032 | ||||||
OTHER ASSETS - Net | 21,119 | 19,411 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 1,038,957 | $ | 1,039,723 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
CURRENT LIABILITIES: | ||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 4,994 | $ | 4,937 | ||||
Accrued liabilities | 32,039 | 30,856 | ||||||
Current portion of long-term debt | 7,050 | 11,111 | ||||||
Other current liabilities | 12,612 | 18,305 | ||||||
Current liabilities of discontinued operations | 2,511 | 3,619 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total current liabilities | 59,206 | 68,828 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
LONG TERM DEBT | 594,629 | 598,915 | ||||||
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES | 8,331 | 8,786 | ||||||
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS | 6,797 | 3,142 | ||||||
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES | 105,040 | 105,079 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total liabilities | 774,003 | 784,750 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 11) | ||||||||
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value - 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010 | — | — | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 468,305 | 462,970 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit | (203,351 | ) | (205,891 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | — | (2,106 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total stockholders’ equity | 264,954 | 254,973 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | $ | 1,038,957 | $ | 1,039,723 | ||||
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
40
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands)
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
NET REVENUE: | ||||||||||||
Net client service revenues | $ | 446,043 | $ | 421,684 | $ | 405,592 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES: | ||||||||||||
Salaries and benefits | 208,472 | 199,753 | 196,531 | |||||||||
Supplies, facilities and other operating costs | 134,486 | 120,809 | 114,398 | |||||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts | 8,985 | 7,380 | 7,876 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 19,730 | 20,477 | 22,144 | |||||||||
Asset impairment | 6,104 | 9,491 | 10 | |||||||||
Goodwill impairment | — | 52,723 | 32,189 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total operating expenses | 377,777 | 410,633 | 373,148 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
OPERATING INCOME | 68,266 | 11,051 | 32,444 | |||||||||
INTEREST EXPENSE | (45,324 | ) | (43,340 | ) | (45,419 | ) | ||||||
OTHER INCOME | 854 | 473 | 58 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES | 23,796 | (31,816 | ) | (12,917 | ) | |||||||
INCOME TAX EXPENSE | 11,774 | 1,785 | 3,200 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX | 12,022 | (33,601 | ) | (16,117 | ) | |||||||
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS | (9,482 | ) | (12,502 | ) | (11,022 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
NET INCOME (LOSS) | 2,540 | (46,103 | ) | (27,139 | ) | |||||||
LESS: NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST | — | — | (62 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO CRC HEALTH CORPORATION | $ | 2,540 | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (27,077 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO CRC HEALTH CORPORATION: | ||||||||||||
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX | $ | 12,022 | $ | (33,601 | ) | $ | (16,060 | ) | ||||
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX | (9,482 | ) | (12,502 | ) | (11,017 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO CRC HEALTH CORPORATION | $ | 2,540 | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (27,077 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
41
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands)
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
NET INCOME (LOSS) | $ | 2,540 | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (27,139 | ) | ||||
Other comprehensive income: | ||||||||||||
Net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges (net of tax of $1,391 in 2011, $1,905 in 2010, and $865 in 2009) | 2,106 | 2,869 | 1,314 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total other comprehensive income | 2,106 | 2,869 | 1,314 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) | 4,646 | (43,234 | ) | (25,825 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest | — | — | (62 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO CRC HEALTH CORPORATION | $ | 4,646 | $ | (43,234 | ) | $ | (25,763 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
42
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(In thousands, except share amounts)
CRC Health Corporation Stockholder’s Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock | Additional Paid-in Capital | Accumulated Deficit | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss | Noncontrolling Interest | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE—January 1, 2009 | 1,000 | $ | — | $ | 443,805 | $ | (132,711 | ) | $ | (6,289 | ) | $ | 221 | $ | 305,026 | |||||||||||||
Noncontrolling interest buyout | — | — | 21 | — | — | (159 | ) | (138 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | — | — | — | (27,077 | ) | — | (62 | ) | (27,139 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax | — | — | — | — | 1,314 | — | 1,314 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital contributed by Parent, net | — | — | 10,009 | — | — | — | 10,009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||
BALANCE—December 31, 2009, | 1,000 | — | 453,835 | (159,788 | ) | (4,975 | ) | — | 289,072 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||
Net loss | — | — | — | (46,103 | ) | — | — | (46,103 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax | — | — | — | — | 2,869 | — | 2,869 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital contributed by Parent, net | — | — | 9,135 | — | — | — | 9,135 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||
BALANCE—December 31, 2010 | 1,000 | — | 462,970 | (205,891 | ) | (2,106 | ) | — | 254,973 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||
Net loss | — | — | — | 2,540 | — | — | 2,540 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax | — | — | — | — | 2,106 | — | 2,106 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital contributed by Parent, net | — | — | 5,335 | — | — | — | 5,335 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||
BALANCE—December 31, 2011 | 1,000 | $ | — | $ | 468,305 | $ | (203,351 | ) | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 264,954 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
43
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 2,540 | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (27,139 | ) | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 19,762 | 20,947 | 23,306 | |||||||||
Amortization of debt discount and capitalized financing costs | 4,054 | 4,244 | 4,290 | |||||||||
Goodwill impairment | — | 52,723 | 32,189 | |||||||||
Asset impairment | 9,010 | 21,164 | 11,500 | |||||||||
Gain on interest rate swap agreement | (38 | ) | (350 | ) | (1,272 | ) | ||||||
Loss on sale of property and equipment | (117 | ) | 157 | 1,509 | ||||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts | 9,257 | 7,537 | 8,342 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation | 3,384 | 3,322 | 4,966 | |||||||||
Deferred income taxes | (1,034 | ) | (12,642 | ) | (8,906 | ) | ||||||
Other operating activities | — | — | 109 | |||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: | ||||||||||||
Restricted cash | 218 | (126 | ) | (420 | ) | |||||||
Accounts receivable | (13,674 | ) | (7,339 | ) | (9,435 | ) | ||||||
Prepaid expenses | 167 | (1,129 | ) | 77 | ||||||||
Income taxes receivable and payable | 3,899 | 5,825 | 3,466 | |||||||||
Other current assets | (715 | ) | (453 | ) | (3,989 | ) | ||||||
Accounts payable | 632 | 1,207 | (2,930 | ) | ||||||||
Accrued liabilities | 1,686 | 410 | 1,648 | |||||||||
Other current liabilities | (2,058 | ) | (3,053 | ) | (1,881 | ) | ||||||
Other long-term assets | (2,290 | ) | (3,731 | ) | 375 | |||||||
Other long-term liabilities | 2,976 | 3,169 | 360 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 37,659 | 45,779 | 36,165 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
Additions of property and equipment | (17,410 | ) | (21,278 | ) | (12,136 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment | 170 | 81 | 148 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations | — | — | 732 | |||||||||
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired | (2,000 | ) | (716 | ) | — | |||||||
Other investing activities | (126 | ) | — | (259 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (19,366 | ) | (21,913 | ) | (11,515 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
Capital distributed to Parent | (2,523 | ) | (10 | ) | (412 | ) | ||||||
Capitalized financing costs | (3,169 | ) | (93 | ) | — | |||||||
Borrowings under revolving line of credit | 9,500 | 19,500 | 14,000 | |||||||||
Repayments under revolving line of credit | (7,000 | ) | (32,000 | ) | (29,000 | ) | ||||||
Repayment of long-term debt | (12,628 | ) | (9,134 | ) | (6,550 | ) | ||||||
Excess tax benefit from stock compensation | 599 | — | — | |||||||||
Other financing activities | — | — | (246 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net cash used in financing activities | (15,221 | ) | (21,737 | ) | (22,208 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 3,072 | 2,129 | 2,442 | |||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year | 7,111 | 4,982 | 2,540 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year | $ | 10,183 | $ | 7,111 | $ | 4,982 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable | $ | 411 | $ | 982 | $ | 272 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Payable related to acquisition | $ | — | $ | 279 | $ | — | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: | ||||||||||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 41,293 | $ | 39,079 | $ | 42,707 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds | $ | 2,358 | $ | 486 | $ | 2,164 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
44
Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
CRC Health Corporation (“the Company”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of CRC Health Group, Inc., referred to as “the Group” or “the Parent.” The Company is headquartered in Cupertino, California, and through its wholly owned subsidiaries provides treatment services related to substance abuse, troubled youth, and for other addiction diseases and behavioral disorders.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) applicable for annual financial information. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CRC Health Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates — Preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
Reclassifications: Discontinued Operations — The consolidated statements of operations have been reclassified for all periods presented to reflect the presentation of closed facilities as discontinued operations (see Note 16). Unless noted otherwise, discussions in the notes to the consolidated financial statements pertain to continuing operations.
Reclassifications: Segment Information — During the second quarter of 2011, the Company changed its managerial and financial reporting structure. As a result, the Company identified its new reportable segments as recovery, youth and weight management (see Note 17). The Company has retrospectively revised the segment presentation for all periods presented.
Presentation and Disclosure Corrections— The Company determined that:
• | Interest income of $560,000 and $140,000 in 2010 and 2009, respectively, previously included in the line item interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, should be included in the line item other income. Accordingly, the presentation in the 2010 and 2009 consolidated financial statements has been corrected. |
• | $2,093,000 previously included in the line item “Intangible assets—net” under the Subsidiary Guarantors column in the condensed consolidating balance sheet for the Company and its subsidiary guarantors as of December 31, 2010 included in Note 18 should be correctly presented under the Subsidiary Non-Guarantors column. Accordingly, the presentation in the condensed consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 included in Note 18 has been corrected. The effect of this correction was to decrease total equity of the Subsidiary Guarantors from $950,220,000, as previously reported, to $948,127,000 and to increase total equity of the Subsidiary Non-Guarantors from $3,367,000, as previously reported, to $5,460,000. |
45
Table of Contents
• | Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable of $982,000 and $272,000 in 2010 and 2009, respectively, should have been presented and disclosed as a noncash investing activity. Accordingly, the 2010 and 2009 consolidated statements of cash flows have been corrected as follows (in thousands): |
Year ended December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||
As Reported | Adjustments | As Corrected | ||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities-accounts payable | $ | 1,917 | $ | (710 | ) | $ | 1,207 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 46,489 | (710 | ) | 45,779 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
Additions of property and equipment | (21,988 | ) | 710 | (21,278 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (22,623 | ) | 710 | (21,913 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | $ | 2,129 | $ | — | $ | 2,129 | ||||||
Year ended December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||
As Reported | Adjustments | As Corrected | ||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities-accounts payable | $ | (3,188 | ) | $ | 258 | $ | (2,930 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 35,907 | 258 | 36,165 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||
Additions of property and equipment | (11,878 | ) | (258 | ) | (12,136 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (11,257 | ) | (258 | ) | (11,515 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | $ | 2,442 | $ | — | $ | 2,442 |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Cash and Cash Equivalents— Cash includes amounts in demand accounts. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 substantially all cash was on deposit with financial institutions. Cash equivalents are short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts— The Company’s ability to collect outstanding patient receivables from third party payors is critical to its operating performance and cash flows. The primary collection risk with regard to patient receivables relates to uninsured patient accounts or patient accounts for which primary insurance has paid, but the portion owed by the patient remains outstanding. The Company estimates uncollectible accounts and establish an allowance for doubtful accounts in order to adjust accounts receivable to estimated net realizable value. In evaluating the collectability of accounts receivable, the Company considers a number of factors, including the age of the accounts, historical collection experience, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Accounts receivable that are determined to be uncollectible based on the Company’s policies are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts.
Property and Equipment— Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to seven years, except for buildings, which are depreciated over thirty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the lease, or the estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.
Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization— The Company tests its long-lived and intangible assets subject to amortization for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of those assets may not be recoverable. The long-lived and intangible assets are tested for impairment at the facility level which represents the lowest level at which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. If the undiscounted future cash flows from the asset tested are less than the carrying value, a loss equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair market value of the asset is recorded. Fair value is determined using discounted cash flow methods.
46
Table of Contents
The Company’s analysis requires judgment with respect to many factors, including future cash flows, success at executing its business strategy, and future revenue and expense growth rates. It is possible that the Company’s estimates of undiscounted cash flows may change in the future resulting in the need to reassess the carrying value of its long-lived and intangible assets for impairment.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets not Subject to Amortization— The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually, at the beginning of its fourth quarter or more frequently if evidence of possible impairment arises. The Company performs a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit, defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, being tested to its carrying value. The goodwill impairment test is performed based on the reporting units that the Company has in place at the time of the test. The reporting units may change over time as the Company’s operating segments change, or the component businesses therein change, due to economic conditions, acquisitions, restructuring or otherwise. At the time of these events, the Company reevaluates its reporting units using the reporting unit determination guidelines. As necessary, goodwill is reassigned between the affected reporting units using a relative fair-value approach.
The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units using a combination of the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, the Company calculates the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Under the market approach, the Company estimates fair value based on what investors have paid for similar interests in comparable companies through the development of ratios of market prices to various earnings indications of comparable companies taking into consideration adjustments for growth prospects, debt levels and overall size. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and the Company is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then the Company records an impairment loss equal to the difference.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant estimates and assumptions at many points during the analysis. The Company’s estimated future cash flows are based on assumptions that are consistent with its annual planning process and include estimates for revenue and operating margins and future economic and market conditions. Actual future results may differ from those estimates. In addition, the Company makes certain judgments and assumptions in allocating shared assets and liabilities to determine the carrying values for each of its reporting units tested. Changes in assumptions or circumstances could result in an additional impairment in the period in which the change occurs and in future years. Factors that could cause the Company to record additional goodwill impairment include, but are not limited to:
1. | Decreases in revenues or increases in operating costs |
2. | Increases in the Company’s borrowing rates or weighted average cost of capital |
3. | Increase in the blended tax rate |
4. | Changes in working capital |
5. | Significant alteration of market multiples utilized in the valuation process |
6. | Significant decrease in market value of comparable companies |
7. | Significant changes in perpetuity growth rate |
The Company’s intangible assets not subject to amortization consist of trademarks and trade names, certificates of need, and regulatory licenses. The Company tests other intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment annually, at the beginning of its fourth quarter or more frequently if evidence of possible impairment arises. The Company applies a fair value-based impairment test to the net book value of other intangible assets not subject to amortization using a combination of income and market approaches.
Impairment charges related to goodwill, fixed assets, and intangible assets are included in the consolidated statements of operations under goodwill impairment, asset impairment and discontinued operations. See Note 6.
Capitalized Financing Costs — Costs to obtain long-term debt financing are capitalized and amortized over the expected life of the debt instrument. Net capitalized financing costs are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet under other assets. Amortization expenses are included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations under interest expense.
Revenue Recognition— Revenue is recognized when rehabilitation and treatment services are provided to a patient. Client service revenue is reported at the estimated net realizable amounts from clients, third-party payors and others for services rendered. Provisions for estimated third-party payor settlements are provided for in the period the related services are rendered and adjusted in future periods as final settlements are determined. Revenue for educational services provided by the Company’s youth and weight
47
Table of Contents
management divisions consist primarily of tuition, enrollment fees, alumni services and ancillary charges. Tuition revenue and ancillary charges are recognized based on contracted monthly/daily rates as services are rendered. The enrollment fees for service contracts that are charged upfront are deferred and recognized over the average student length of stay, ranging between 2 and 16 months. Alumni fees revenue represents non-refundable upfront fees for post-graduation services and these fees are deferred and recognized systematically over the contracted life. The Company, from time to time, may provide charity care to a limited number of clients. The Company does not record revenues or receivables for charity care provided. Advance billings for client services are deferred and recognized as the related services are performed.
Advertising Costs— Advertising costs, included in supplies, facilities and other operating costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were approximately $1.4 million, $2.3 million, and $3.9 million, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation — The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards, including employee stock options, based on the grant-date fair value. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the binomial model in conjunction with Monte Carlo simulation as well as a Black Scholes model. For awards that are subject to both a performance and market condition, compensation expense is recognized over the longer of the implicit service period associated with the performance condition or the derived service period associated with the market condition.
Income Taxes— The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. For U.S. federal tax return purposes, the Company is part of a consolidated tax return with its Parent, CRC Health Group, Inc. However, the Company’s provision for income taxes is prepared on a stand-alone basis.
The Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite our belief that our tax return positions are in accordance with applicable tax laws. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, new tax legislation, or the change of an estimate based on new information. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the effect of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest and penalties. The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes based on technical merits.
Restructuring and Discontinued Operations— The Company accounts for facility closures and restructuring costs in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company records an obligation for the estimated costs that will not be recovered. These costs include employment termination benefits, lease contract termination costs and other associated costs. Additionally, upon review of facility closures and those facilities held for sale, the Company assesses the classification of such facilities as discontinued operations. Should the Company classify certain facility closures and facilities held for sale as discontinued operations, the facility operations related to closures and facilities held for sale are classified as discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are classified under assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. See Note 15 and Note 16.
Concentration of Credit Risk— Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash accounts are maintained with financial institutions in the United States of America. At times, deposits in these institutions may exceed federally insured limits. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 39% and 40% of gross accounts receivable and approximately 21% of net client service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, were derived from county, state and federal contracts under Medicaid and other programs. In the event of cancellation or curtailment of these programs or default on these accounts receivable, the Company’s operating results and financial position would be adversely affected. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its third-party insurance payors’ financial condition and generally requires advance payment from its clients who do not have verifiable insurance coverage. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover potential credit losses based upon the estimated collectability of accounts receivable.
Interest Rate Swaps — The fair value of the interest rate swaps were estimated based upon terminal value models. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and was subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affected earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives was recognized directly in interest expense on the statements of operations. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives were reclassified to interest expense as interest payments were made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. As of December 31, 2011, there were no outstanding interest rate swaps.
48
Table of Contents
Other Comprehensive Income — Other comprehensive income (“OCI”) includes gains and losses that are excluded from net income and are recorded directly as a component of stockholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the effective portion of changes in fair value of the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges was recorded as other comprehensive income.
Fair Value Measurements— The Company accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value. As defined in the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. An asset or liability’s level is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The guidance requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
Level 1: | Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; | |
Level 2: | Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable; | |
Level 3: | Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing. |
Assets and liabilities recorded on a recurring basis - The Company valued its interest rate swaps using terminal values which were derived using proprietary models based upon well-recognized financial principles and reasonable estimates about relevant future market conditions at the valuation date. These instruments were allocated to Level 2 on the fair value hierarchy because the critical inputs into these models, including the relevant yield curves and the known contractual terms of the instrument, were readily available. There were no outstanding interest rate swaps at December 31, 2011. Refer to Note 10 for disclosure of fair value measurements and impact of unrealized gain or loss on earnings.
Assets and liabilities recorded on a non-recurring basis - The Company measures, on a non-recurring basis, its long-lived assets and indefinite-lived intangible assets at fair value when performing impairment assessments under the relevant accounting guidance. Nonfinancial liabilities for facility exit activities are also measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
Student Loan Program— The Company considers the purchase commitments as off-balance sheet arrangements and maintains restricted cash for the fulfillment of its Loan Program note purchase commitments. Restricted cash is recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets under restricted cash. Loan Program notes are recorded under other current assets and other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company has the intent and ability to hold these loan notes to maturity. Interest income related to the Loan Program notes is included in other income and expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
The Company has established a loan loss reserve to account for non-performing Loan Program notes. The Company has utilized a variety of data from the consumer and education loan industry to establish its initial loan loss reserve. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates the adequacy of the allowance based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions.
Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance — The Company early adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05,Presentation of Comprehensive Income, issued in June 2011, which required entities to present net income and comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and comprehensive income. In December 2011, the FASB deferred the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. The deferral of this specific requirement will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement.
Recently Issued Accounting Guidance — In September 2011, the FASB issued an update to its authoritative guidance regarding goodwill impairment testing that allows an entity to have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The updated guidance will be effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In July 2011, the FASB issued updated authoritative guidance which requires certain health care entities to change the presentation of their statements of operations by reclassifying the provision for bad debts associated with patient service revenue from operating expenses to a reduction in patient service revenue, if they recognize a significant portion of patient service revenue at the time services are rendered even though the entities do not assess the patient’s ability to pay. All other entities would continue to present the provision for bad debts as an operating expense. Additionally, those health care entities are required to provide enhanced
49
Table of Contents
disclosure about their policies for recognizing revenue and assessing bad debts. The updated guidance also requires disclosures about major payor sources of patient service revenue as well as qualitative and quantitative information about changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts. The updated guidance will be effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 31, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued updated authoritative guidance on how (not when) to measure fair value and on what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. While the updated guidance is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP, it expands existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and makes other amendments. The updated guidance will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
2. ACQUISITIONS
2011 Acquisitions
For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company completed one acquisition of two CTC’s for a total purchase consideration of $2.0 million. The Company recorded $2.0 million of goodwill within its recovery division, all of which is expected to be tax deductible for tax purposes.
2010 Acquisitions
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company completed two acquisitions for a total purchase consideration of approximately $1.0 million. The Company recorded $0.5 million and $0.4 million of goodwill within its recovery division and youth division, respectively, related to the acquisitions, all of which was deductible for tax purposes.
The purchase price for each acquisition was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. The Company has included the acquired entities’ results of operations in the consolidated statements of operations from the date of each acquisition. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effect of the acquisitions was not material.
50
Table of Contents
3. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS
Balance sheet components at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):
2011 | 2010 | |||||||
Other assets-net: | ||||||||
Capitalized financing costs—net | $ | 10,155 | $ | 10,776 | ||||
Deposits | 521 | 662 | ||||||
Notes receivable, net | 10,443 | 7,973 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total other assets-net | $ | 21,119 | $ | 19,411 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Accrued liabilities: | ||||||||
Accrued payroll and related expenses | $ | 14,712 | $ | 15,392 | ||||
Accrued interest | 8,193 | 8,153 | ||||||
Accrued expenses | 9,134 | 7,311 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total accrued liabilities | $ | 32,039 | $ | 30,856 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Other current liabilities: | ||||||||
Deferred revenue | $ | 10,313 | $ | 10,600 | ||||
Client deposits | 1,621 | 3,604 | ||||||
Interest rate swap liability | — | 3,535 | ||||||
Other liabilities | 678 | 566 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total other current liabilities | $ | 12,612 | $ | 18,305 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The following schedule reflects activity associated with the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts | ||||||||||||
Balance—beginning of the period | $ | 5,408 | $ | 5,355 | $ | 5,409 | ||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts | 8,985 | 7,372 | 8,179 | |||||||||
Write-off of uncollectible accounts | (7,917 | ) | (7,319 | ) | (8,233 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Balance—end of the period | $ | 6,476 | $ | 5,408 | $ | 5,355 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. LOAN PROGRAM
Effective April 1, 2009, the Company created a private loan program (“the Loan Program”) pursuant to which students and/or patients (“the Borrowers”) who meet predetermined credit standards can obtain third-party financing to pay a portion of the cost of participating in certain of the Company’s programs. The Company initiated this program in response to the lack of credit availability for its students/patients, particularly in the youth division, to secure financing to access the Company’s services. The Loan Program allows the Company to issue loans, in aggregate, of up to $20.0 million.
The Company has entered into an agreement (“the Agreement”) with an unrelated third party (“the Lender”) to facilitate unsecured consumer loans for certain of the Company’s students and/or patients. The loans are funded by the Lender based on predetermined loan criteria, including risk profile and credit quality requirements. The loans are unsecured consumer loans with a floating interest rate. In accordance with the Agreement, the Company can terminate the Loan Program at any time upon a 120 day advance notice of termination to the Lender.
The Company purchases the Loan Program notes and as of December 31, 2011, had purchased approximately $16.2 million in notes with a weighted average interest rate of 6.8% and a maximum remaining amortization period of 20 years. The Loan Program notes receivables (net of loan loss reserves) were $10.4 million and $7.9 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Interest income related to the Loan Program notes was $0.8 million, $0.5 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
51
Table of Contents
The following schedule reflects activity associated with the Company’s loan loss reserve for the ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Loan Loss Reserve Account: | ||||||||||||
Balance—beginning of the period | $ | 916 | $ | 219 | $ | — | ||||||
Provision for loan loss | 392 | 697 | 219 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Balance—end of the period | $ | 1,308 | $ | 916 | $ | 219 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consists of the following (in thousands):
2011 | 2010 | |||||||
Land | $ | 21,373 | $ | 21,373 | ||||
Building and improvements | 89,370 | 79,860 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements | 19,558 | 19,203 | ||||||
Furniture and fixtures | 13,519 | 12,639 | ||||||
Computer equipment | 14,576 | 12,369 | ||||||
Computer software | 18,843 | 17,472 | ||||||
Equipment | 8,071 | 8,294 | ||||||
Construction in progress | 5,986 | 8,370 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
191,296 | 179,580 | |||||||
Less accumulated depreciation | (64,456 | ) | (53,954 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Property and equipment—net | $ | 126,840 | $ | 125,626 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $14.2 million, $14.0 million, and $14.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Asset impairment
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized non-cash impairment charges of $1.8 million, $6.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, related to the impairment of property and equipment, of which $0.7 million, $2.6 million, and $0.2 million, respectively, have been classified as discontinued operations. The Company recognized the charges as a result of management’s review of under-performing facilities. The non-cash impairment charges relating to continuing operations are included in the consolidated statement of operations as asset impairment.
6. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
As a result of the change in its operating segments (see Note 17), the Company reestablished its reporting units using the reporting unit determination guidelines. Prior to the change in the operating segments, the Company’s reporting units were recovery, youth and weight management. The reporting units are now recovery, youth, weight loss and eating disorder. The weight loss reporting unit provides treatment services for adult and adolescent weight management. The eating disorder reporting unit provides treatment services related to disorders such anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge eating and compulsive overeating. Goodwill was reassigned to the new reporting units using their relative fair values at June 30, 2011.
52
Table of Contents
Changes to goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):
Recovery | Youth | Weight Management | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2011 | 2010 | 2011 | 2010 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of January 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill | $ | 502,671 | $ | 502,168 | $ | 225,458 | $ | 225,025 | $ | 19,760 | $ | 19,760 | $ | 747,889 | $ | 746,953 | ||||||||||||||||
Accumulated impairment losses | (624 | ) | (624 | ) | (225,458 | ) | (172,735 | ) | — | — | (226,082 | ) | (173,359 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||||
Balance as of January 1 | 502,047 | 501,544 | — | 52,290 | 19,760 | 19,760 | 521,807 | 573,594 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Activity during the year: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill additions | 1,985 | 503 | — | 433 | — | — | 1,985 | 936 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill impairment | — | — | — | (52,723 | ) | — | — | — | (52,723 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill | 504,656 | 502,671 | 225,458 | 225,458 | 19,760 | 19,760 | 749,874 | 747,889 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated impairment losses | (624 | ) | (624 | ) | (225,458 | ) | (225,458 | ) | — | — | (226,082 | ) | (226,082 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31 | $ | 504,032 | $ | 502,047 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 19,760 | $ | 19,760 | $ | 523,792 | $ | 521,807 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment
2010 Goodwill Impairment — At September 30, 2010, as a result of the economic conditions and their adverse impact on the youth business and its long term growth prospects, the youth reporting unit could no longer be aggregated with the weight management reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes. At September 30, 2010, the Company tested its youth reporting unit for possible impairment as a result of the Company lowering its forecasted future cash flows for its youth reporting unit as a result of a decline in graduation, admissions, and average length of stay during July and August of 2010. The Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $9.1 million during the three months ended September 30, 2010. The non-cash impairment charge was allocated to its youth operating segment. At September 30, 2010, the Company tested its weight management reporting unit for possible impairment as a result of the being disaggregated from the youth reporting unit. The Company determined that the fair value of its weight management reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.
At June 30, 2010, the Company lowered its view of forecasted future cash flows, compared to a forecast prepared in the fourth quarter of 2009, for its youth reporting unit. This was based upon the Company’s assessment of economic conditions and lack of available credit for families of potential students of its youth reporting unit each of which affect both admissions and pricing. This triggering event caused the Company to test in advance of the annual goodwill impairment test date. The Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $43.7 million during the three months ended June 30, 2010. The non-cash impairment charge was allocated to its youth operating segment.
2009 Goodwill Impairment — At December 31, 2009, the Company closed two facilities within its youth reporting unit. The closure of the two facilities negatively impacted the Company’s forecasted cash flows for the reporting unit. The decrease in forecasted cash flows was considered a triggering event that gave effect to additional goodwill impairment testing and the Company determined that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its estimated fair value and recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $6.2 million.
At September 30, 2009, the Company reduced its estimate of expected future cash flows for the youth reporting unit based upon current economic conditions including the lack of availability of student loans, credit for its clients and other factors. Accordingly, the Company tested the reporting unit in advance of the annual goodwill impairment test date as there was a significant adverse change in business climate and recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $26.6 million. Goodwill impairment charges, recognized by the Company during the three months ended September 30, 2009, were estimated amounts which were subsequently revised during the fourth quarter of 2009 resulting in a favorable goodwill adjustment of $0.6 million.
53
Table of Contents
Intangible Assets
Total intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Net Carrying Amount | Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Net Carrying Amount | |||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets subject to amortization: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Referral network | $ | 17,177 | $ | (4,402 | ) | $ | 12,775 | $ | 20,834 | $ | (4,297 | ) | $ | 16,537 | ||||||||||
Accreditations | 7,142 | (1,831 | ) | 5,311 | 8,899 | (1,835 | ) | 7,064 | ||||||||||||||||
Curriculum | 4,650 | (1,191 | ) | 3,459 | 5,483 | (1,131 | ) | 4,352 | ||||||||||||||||
Government contracts (including Medicaid) | 34,967 | (13,793 | ) | 21,174 | 34,967 | (11,463 | ) | 23,504 | ||||||||||||||||
Managed care contracts | 14,500 | (8,605 | ) | 5,895 | 14,500 | (7,145 | ) | 7,355 | ||||||||||||||||
Core developed technology | 2,704 | (2,704 | ) | — | 2,704 | (2,663 | ) | 41 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
Total intangible assets subject to amortization: | $ | 81,140 | $ | (32,526 | ) | $ | 48,614 | $ | 87,387 | $ | (28,534 | ) | $ | 58,853 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
Intangible assets not subject to amortization: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trademarks and trade names | 170,632 | 173,078 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of need | 44,600 | 44,600 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Regulatory licenses | 37,501 | 37,501 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||
Total intangible assets not subject to amortization | 252,733 | 255,179 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||
Total intangible assets | $ | 301,347 | $ | 314,032 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization related to impairment charges of other intangible assets are excluded from the table above. Amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization was $5.5 million, $6.5 million and $7.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Intangible assets subject to amortization
For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $4.7 million, $2.1 million of which has been classified as discontinued operations. The Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $2.6 million as a result of the Company lowering its forecasted cash flows at one of its facilities in its youth division. The Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $2.1 million as a result of its strategic plan to transition the services provided within its youth division to a more focused national network of services (see Note 15).
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $13.2 million, of which $9.1 million has been classified as discontinued operations.
At December 31, 2010, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $0.2 million related to certain under- performing youth facilities.
At September 30, 2010, the Company tested its youth reporting unit for possible impairment as a result of the Company lowering its forecasted future cash flows for its youth reporting unit as a result of a decline in graduation, admissions, and average length of stay during July and August of 2010. The Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $0.7 million.
At June 30, 2010, the Company tested the finite intangible assets for impairment within its youth reporting unit as a result of lowering its forecasted future cash flows for its youth division. In addition, at June 30, 2010, the Company consolidated programs offered at two of its facilities within its youth division. At June 30, 2010, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $12.3 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized non-cash impairment charges of $8.1 million, all of which has been classified as discontinued operations. Of the total non-cash impairment charges, $6.1 million was due to the Company’s decision to close four of its youth program facilities and $2.0 million was due to additional impairment testing during the year within the youth division.
54
Table of Contents
Estimated future amortization expense related to the finite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):
2012 | $ | 5,235 | ||
2013 | 5,220 | |||
2014 | 5,220 | |||
2015 | 5,220 | |||
2016 | 5,220 | |||
Thereafter | 22,499 | |||
|
| |||
Total | $ | 48,614 | ||
|
|
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $2.4 million, of which $1.9 million was a result of the Company’s strategic plan to transition the services provided within its youth division to a more focused national network of services (see Note 15). As part of the 2011 annual impairment test, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $0.5 million for trademark and trade names within its recovery division.
As described above under “2010 Goodwill Impairment”, at June 30, 2010, the Company lowered its view of forecasted future cash flows, compared to a forecast prepared in the fourth quarter of 2009, for its youth division. The Company determined that certain indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired and recognized an non-cash impairment charge of $1.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2010. Additionally, the Company recognized an non-cash impairment charge of $0.2 million due to the Company’s decision to consolidate programs offered at two of its facilities within the youth division.
During 2009, the Company recognized non-cash impairment charges of $3.2 million, all of which has been classified as discontinued operations. These impairment charges were based on the Company’s decision to close four of its youth program facilities.
55
Table of Contents
7. INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes attributable to income (loss) from continuing operations consists of the following (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Current: | ||||||||||||
Federal | $ | 8,987 | $ | 10,028 | $ | 9,860 | ||||||
State | 3,821 | 3,265 | 2,246 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total Current | 12,808 | 13,293 | 12,106 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Deferred: | ||||||||||||
Federal | (1,130 | ) | (8,981 | ) | (7,895 | ) | ||||||
State | 96 | (2,527 | ) | (1,011 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total Deferred | (1,034 | ) | (11,508 | ) | (8,906 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Income tax expense from continuing operations | $ | 11,774 | $ | 1,785 | $ | 3,200 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of income tax computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate for continuing operations is summarized in the following table:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Statutory federal tax rate | 35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | ||||||
State income taxes (net of tax federal benefit) | 13.1 | % | (2.3 | )% | (9.5 | )% | ||||||
Goodwill impairment | — | % | (44.9 | )% | (67.6 | )% | ||||||
Non deductible expenses | 0.4 | % | 1.7 | % | 1.4 | % | ||||||
Prior year provision true-ups | 0.6 | % | (0.7 | )% | 10.8 | % | ||||||
Release of tax reserve | 0.5 | % | 4.0 | % | — | % | ||||||
Change in valuation allowances for Net Operating Losses | — | % | 1.6 | % | — | % | ||||||
Worthless stock loss | — | % | — | % | 1.9 | % | ||||||
Other | (0.1 | )% | — | % | 3.2 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Effective tax rate from continuing operations | 49.5 | % | (5.6 | )% | (24.8 | )% | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
Table of Contents
Deferred tax — Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities used for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following is a summary of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands) :
2011 | 2010 | |||||||
Deferred tax assets: | ||||||||
Reserves and allowances | $ | 11,574 | $ | 9,817 | ||||
Net operating loss carryforwards | 4,933 | 5,759 | ||||||
Acquisition costs | — | 2,646 | ||||||
Stock-based compensation | 9,986 | 8,663 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 7,839 | 6,858 | ||||||
State taxes | 8 | 46 | ||||||
Interest rate swap | — | 1,406 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Gross deferred tax assets | 34,340 | 35,195 | ||||||
Valuation allowance | (3,088 | ) | (6,438 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total deferred tax assets | $ | 31,252 | $ | 28,757 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Deferred tax liabilities: | ||||||||
Acquired intangible assets | $ | (125,744 | ) | $ | (123,317 | ) | ||
Partnerships | (4,183 | ) | (3,758 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total deferred tax liabilities | $ | (129,927 | ) | $ | (127,075 | ) | ||
|
|
|
| |||||
Net deferred tax liabilities | $ | (98,675 | ) | $ | (98,318 | ) | ||
|
|
|
| |||||
The above amounts are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 as follows: | ||||||||
Current deferred tax assets, net | $ | 6,365 | $ | 6,761 | ||||
Long term deferred tax liabilities net | (105,040 | ) | (105,079 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Net deferred tax liabilities | $ | (98,675 | ) | $ | (98,318 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2011, the Company had $2.3 million and $86.9 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. If not utilized, these net operating loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts beginning in 2020 for federal income taxes and 2016 for state income taxes. Under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the amounts of benefits from net operating loss carryforwards may be impaired or limited in certain circumstances. Events which cause limitations in the amount of net operating losses that the Company may utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined, over a three-year period. At December 31, 2011, a portion of the Company’s net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject to such limitations.
Future tax benefits are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more-likely-than-not. A valuation allowance is established for those benefits that do not meet the criteria. We have recorded a valuation allowance of $3.0 million and $6.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The Company’s income tax returns are subject to audit by federal, state and local tax authorities. We are currently under examination by various states jurisdictions for various tax years. The Company periodically evaluates its exposures associated with its tax filing positions. The Company is no longer subject to federal, state and local income tax audits by taxing authorities for years prior to 2006.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
At December 31, 2011, the Company’s total unrecognized tax benefits were approximately $0.9 million exclusive of interest and penalties described below. Included in this amount is approximately $0.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in a future period. The Company does not expect that the unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.
57
Table of Contents
The Company did not recognize interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The interest related to unrecognized tax benefits, if accrued, would have been insignificant as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
The Company’s roll forward of its total gross unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands) is as follows:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Balance as of January 1, | $ | 618 | $ | 1,081 | $ | 1,097 | ||||||
Tax positions related to current year | ||||||||||||
Additions | — | — | — | |||||||||
Reductions | — | — | — | |||||||||
Tax positions related to prior years | ||||||||||||
Additions | 305 | — | — | |||||||||
Reductions | — | — | — | |||||||||
Settlements | — | (403 | ) | — | ||||||||
Lapse of statute of limitations | (60 | ) | (60 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Balance as of December 31, | $ | 863 | $ | 618 | $ | 1,081 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
Table of Contents
8. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consists of the following (in thousands):
2011 | 2010 | |||||||
Term loans | $ | 388,664 | $ | 398,305 | ||||
Revolving line of credit | 36,500 | 34,000 | ||||||
Senior subordinated notes, net of discount of $1,078 in 2011 and $1,342 in 2010 | 176,218 | 175,954 | ||||||
Seller notes | 245 | 1,680 | ||||||
Note payable, leasehold improvement | 52 | 87 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total debt | 601,679 | 610,026 | ||||||
Less current portion | (7,050 | ) | (11,111 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Long-term debt | $ | 594,629 | $ | 598,915 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Term Loans and Revolving Line of Credit
On January 20, 2011, the Company entered into an amendment agreement that amended and restated the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) to extend the maturity of a substantial portion of the Term Loans and revolving line of credit and provide the Company with greater flexibility to extend the maturity of and refinance its Term Loans and revolving line of credit in the future. Certain financial covenants were also amended.
At December 31, 2011, $80.9 million of the outstanding Term Loans had a maturity of February 6, 2013 (the “Original Maturity Term Loans”). Interest on the Original Maturity Term Loans was payable quarterly at: (i) for LIBOR loans for any interest period, a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR rate as determined by the administrative agent, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%, subject to reduction to 2.00% contingent upon the Company achieving a corporate family rating of at least B1 (with stable or better outlook) from Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and (ii) for base rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the prime rate of the administrative agent and (y) the federal funds rate plus one-half of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.25% subject to reduction to 1.00% contingent upon the Company achieving a corporate family rating of at least B1 (with stable or better outlook) from Moody’s. At December 31, 2011, the entire amount of the Original Maturity Term Loans consisted of LIBOR loans and the interest rate thereon was 2.829%.
At December 31, 2011, $307.8 million of outstanding Term Loans had a maturity of November 16, 2015 (the “Extended Term Loans”) and were payable in quarterly principal installments of $0.5 million on March 30, 2012 and $0.8 million over the payment period between June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2015, with the remainder due on the maturity date. Interest on the Extended Term Loans is payable quarterly at: (i) for LIBOR loans for any interest period, a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR rate as determined by the administrative agent, plus an applicable margin of 4.50% and (ii) for base rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the prime rate of the administrative agent and (y) the federal funds rate plus one-half of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 3.50%. At December 31, 2011, the entire amount of these Term Loans consisted of LIBOR loans and the interest rate thereon was 5.079%.
On March 7, 2012, the entire aggregate principal amount of $80.9 million of Original Maturity Term Loans was refinanced with cash proceeds (net of related fees and expenses) of an aggregate principal amount of $87.6 million of new Term Loans (the “New Term Loans”) issued with an original issue discount of 4.00% and maturing on November 16, 2015. Interest on the New Term Loans is payable quarterly at: (i) for LIBOR loans for any interest period, a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR rate as determined by the administrative agent (but not less than 1.50%), plus an applicable margin of 7.00%, subject to an increase to 8.00% during any period that the Company’s public corporate family rating from Moody’s is not at least B3 or the Company’s public corporate credit rating from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) is not at least B-, and (ii) for base rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the prime rate of the administrative agent and (y) the federal funds rate plus one-half of 1.00% (but, in either case, not less than 2.50%), plus an applicable margin of 6.00%, subject to an increase to 7.00% during any period that the Company’s public corporate family rating from Moody’s is not at least B3 or the Company’s public corporate rating credit rating from S&P is not at least B-.
Under the terms of this refinancing, the Company is required to pay to the administrative agent for the account of each lender of New Term Loans (x) on March 31, 2013, a fee equal to 1.00% of the outstanding principal amount of such lender’s New Term Loans as of such date, (y) on March 31, 2014, a fee equal to 1.50% of the outstanding principal amount of such lender’s New Term Loans as of such date and (z) on the Maturity Date, a fee equal to 1.50% of the outstanding principal amount of such lender’s New Term Loans as of such date.
The $87.6 million of New Term Loans are subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium to the extent the New Term Loans are refinanced, or the terms thereof are amended, in either case, for the purpose of reducing the applicable yield with respect thereto, in each case prior to the first anniversary of the refinancing.
59
Table of Contents
The Company is required to apply a certain portion of its excess cash to the principal amount of the Term Loans. Excess cash under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is defined as net income attributable to the Company adjusted for certain cash and non-cash items. The Company made a payment of $9.6 million in April 2011 related to its excess cash.
Revolving Line of Credit — Key provisions of the revolving line of credit commitments that were extended pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Extended Revolving Line of Credit”) and those that were not extended (“Non-Extended Revolving Line of Credit”) are summarized below.
Non-Extended Revolving Line of Credit: The aggregate commitments of $37.0 million matured on February 6, 2012. At December 31, 2011, the amount outstanding under the Non-Extended Revolving Line of Credit was $13.5 million and the interest rate thereon was 2.925%. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s letters of credit against the Non-Extended Revolving Line of Credit were $3.4 million.
Extended Revolving Line of Credit: The aggregate commitments of $63.0 million mature on August 16, 2015 provided that if any Non-Extended Term Loans have not been repaid or refinanced in full by January 6, 2013 or have not been subsequently extended to the maturity date of the Extended Term Loans (November 16, 2015), then the maturity date of the Extended Revolving Line of Credit commitments will be January 6, 2013. Interest is payable quarterly at (i) for LIBOR loans for any interest period, a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR rate as determined by the administrative agent, plus an applicable margin of 4.00%, 3.75%, 3.50% or 3.25%, based upon the Company’s leverage ratio being within certain defined ranges, and (ii) for base rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the prime rate of the administrative agent and (y) the federal funds rate plus one-half of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 3.00%, 2.75%, 2.50% or 2.25%, based upon the Company’s leverage ratio being within certain defined ranges. Commitment fees are payable quarterly at a rate equal to 0.625% per annum. At December 31, 2011, the amount outstanding under the Extended Revolving Line of Credit was $23.0 million and the interest rate thereon was 4.579%. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s letters of credit against the Extended Revolving Line of Credit were $5.9 million.
Senior Subordinated Notes — On November 16, 2006, the Company issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Notes”) due February 1, 2016. Interest is payable semiannually beginning August 1, 2006. The Notes were issued at a price of 98.511%, resulting in $3.0 million of original issue discount. The Company may redeem some or all of the Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of each of the years indicated below:
Year | Percentage | |||
2012 | 103.583 | % | ||
2013 | 101.792 | % | ||
2014 and thereafter | 100.000 | % |
If there is a change of control as specified in the indenture, the Company must offer to repurchase the Notes at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Notes are subordinated to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, rank equally with all of the Company’s existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness and rank senior to all of the Company’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by each of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries that guarantee the Company’s Term Loans and Revolving Line of Credit.
Seller Notes — Primarily represent amounts owed by the Company to former shareholders of businesses acquired related to the achievement of certain earnout obligations. Interest rates on these notes are 7.00%. Principal and interest are payable quarterly through January 2012. The Company has an additional $0.4 million in a note payable related to a business that is classified as discontinued operations. The interest rate on the note is 8.00%. Principal and interest are payable annually through February 2013.
Interest expense— Interest expense (gross) on total debt was $42.0 million, $39.7 million and $41.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization expenses related to capitalized financing costs was $3.8 million, $4.0 million, and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. Capitalized interest expense was $0.5 million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.
At December 31, 2011, currently scheduled principal payments of total long-term debt, excluding the effects of the March 2012 amendment and the discount on senior subordinated notes, are as follows (in thousands):
2012 | $ | 7,050 | ||
2013 | 114,350 | |||
2014 | 3,736 | |||
2015 | 300,325 | |||
2016 | 177,296 | |||
|
| |||
Total | $ | 602,757 | ||
|
|
60
Table of Contents
9. DERIVATIVES
The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage risk related to fluctuations in interest rates and does not engage in speculation or trading activities with its interest rate swaps. The Company expects that the interest rate swaps will hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt. As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any outstanding interest rate swaps.
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded unrealized gains of $2.1 million (net of tax of $1.4 million), $2.9 million (net of tax of 1.9 million), and $1.3 million (net of tax of $0.9 million), respectively, related to its interest rate swaps. Unrealized gains and losses related to the Company’s interest rate swaps are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.
The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps at December 31, 2010, was $3.5 million and was presented as a part of other current liabilities.
The table below presents the before-tax effect of the Company’s interest rate swaps for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):
Cash Flow Hedging Relationships | Amount of Loss Recognized in OCI on Derivative (Effective Portion) | Location of Loss Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) | Amount of Loss Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective Portion) | Location of Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) | Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative (Ineffective Portion and Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps | $ | (152 | ) | $ | (3,112 | ) | $ | (5,101 | ) | Interest expense | $ | (3,649 | ) | $ | (7,887 | ) | $ | (7,279 | ) | Interest expense | 1 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 536 |
10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company valued its interest rate swaps using terminal values which were derived using proprietary models based upon well-recognized financial principles and reasonable estimates about relevant future market conditions. These instruments were allocated to Level 2 on the fair value hierarchy because the critical inputs into these models, including the relevant yield curves and the known contractual terms of the instrument, are readily available.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
The following table presents the non-financial assets that were measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31, 2011 | ||||||||
Impairment Charge | New Cost Basis | |||||||
Property and equipment | $ | 1,817 | $ | 800 | ||||
Referral network | 2,778 | — | ||||||
Accreditation | 1,326 | — | ||||||
Curriculum | 641 | — | ||||||
Trademarks and trade names | 2,447 | 9,300 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total | $ | 9,009 | $ | 10,100 | ||||
|
|
|
|
61
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2010 | ||||||||
Impairment Charge | New Cost Basis | |||||||
Property and equipment | $ | 6,298 | $ | 1,110 | ||||
Referral network | 7,245 | 151 | ||||||
Accreditation | 4,290 | 89 | ||||||
Curriculum | 1,587 | 146 | ||||||
Trademarks and trade names | 1,744 | 7,046 | ||||||
Goodwill—youth division | 52,723 | 19,760 | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total | $ | 73,887 | $ | 28,302 | ||||
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the estimated fair value of the assets was determined based on Level 3 inputs.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The estimated fair value of financial instruments with long-term maturities is as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Carrying Amount | Fair Value | Carrying Amount | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||
Loan program notes | $ | 10,541 | $ | 8,195 | $ | 7,949 | $ | 6,028 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
Total Assets | $ | 10,541 | $ | 8,195 | $ | 7,949 | $ | 6,028 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||
Senior subordinated notes | $ | 176,218 | $ | 162,854 | $ | 175,954 | $ | 187,232 | ||||||||
Term loan | $ | 388,664 | $ | 370,268 | $ | 398,305 | $ | 377,778 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
Total Liabilities | $ | 564,822 | $ | 533,122 | $ | 574,259 | $ | 565,010 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated fair value for loan program notes is primarily based on securitization market conditions for similar loans. The Company’s senior subordinated notes are measured at fair value based on bond-yield data from market trading activity as well as U.S Treasury rates with similar maturities as the senior subordinated notes. The Company’s term loans are measured at fair value based on present value methods using credit spreads derived from market data to discount the projected interest and principal payments. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the estimated fair value of loan program notes, senior subordinated notes and term loans was determined based on Level 3 inputs.
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases — The Company leases various office space, clinic offices, facilities and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases throughout the United States with various expiration dates through September 2048. Rent expense was $18.8 million, $18.4 million and $17.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company earned $0.5 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million in sublease rental income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The terms of certain facility leases provide for annual scheduled increases in cost adjustments and rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company is party to certain related party leases as a result of the Company’s acquisitions (see Note 14). Such related party leases are due and payable on a monthly basis on similar terms and conditions as the Company’s other leasing arrangements. In addition, the Company is also responsible for certain expenses including property tax, insurance and maintenance costs associated with some of the leases.
62
Table of Contents
Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):
Third Party Opeating Lease Payments | Related Party Operating Lease Payments | Total Operating Lease Payments | ||||||||||
2012 | $ | 15,582 | $ | 2,073 | $ | 17,655 | ||||||
2013 | 13,424 | 1,851 | 15,275 | |||||||||
2014 | 11,461 | 1,525 | 12,986 | |||||||||
2015 | 10,010 | 810 | 10,820 | |||||||||
2016 | 6,946 | 795 | 7,741 | |||||||||
Thereafter | 37,909 | 7,887 | 45,796 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total minimum lease payments | $ | 95,332 | $ | 14,941 | $ | 110,273 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indemnifications— The Company provides for indemnification of directors, officers and other persons in accordance with limited liability agreements, certificates of incorporation, bylaws, articles of association or similar organizational documents, as the case may be. The Company maintains directors’ and officers’ insurance which should enable the Company to recover a portion of any indemnity payments made.
In addition to the above, from time to time the Company provides standard representations and warranties to counterparties in contracts in connection with business dispositions and acquisitions and also provides indemnities that protect the counterparties to these contracts in the event they suffer damages as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties or in certain other circumstances relating to such sales or acquisitions.
While the Company’s future obligations under certain agreements may contain limitations on liability for indemnification, other agreements do not contain such limitations and under such agreements it is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments due to the conditional nature of the Company’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, no payments have been made under any of these indemnities.
Self-Insurance Plans — Effective May 2004, the Company established a self-insurance program for workers’ compensation benefits for employees. Self-insurance reserves are based on past claims experience and projected losses for incurred claims and include an estimate of costs for claims incurred but not reported at the balance sheet date. The Company obtains an independent actuarial valuation of the estimated costs of claims reported but not settled, and claims incurred but not reported and may adjust the reserves based on the results of the valuations. Insurance coverage in excess of the per occurrence self-insurance retention has been secured with insurers for specified amounts. The reserve for self-insured workers’ compensation claims was $3.7 million and $3.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company maintains a self-insurance program for employee group health insurance to consolidate both self-insured and insured plans that had been in existence previously. The self-insured group health plan covers approximately 68% of the Company’s employees enrolled in group health plans. The remaining employees enrolled in group health plans are covered through health maintenance organizations. Insurance coverage, in excess of the per occurrence self-insurance retention, has been secured with insurers for specified amounts. Self-insurance reserves are based on projected costs for incurred claims and include an estimate of costs of claims incurred but not reported at the balance sheet date. The reserve for self-insured health insurance claims totaled $1.1 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Litigation— In a complaint initially filed on July 6, 2011, and amended on August 25, 2011, in Multnomah County Circuit Court in Oregon, 17 former students of one of our previously closed therapeutic boarding school facilities allege mental and physical abuse by certain former employees or agents of the school. The Company and CRC Health Oregon, Inc. are among the defendants in the pending litigation. The plaintiffs seek a total of $26.0 million in relief. A second suit was filed in November in Multnomah County Circuit Court in Oregon by 14 former students also alleging abuse. The plaintiffs seek a total of $23.0 million in relief. The Company and the other defendants intend to defend vigorously the pending lawsuits. In consultation with counsel and based on its preliminary investigation into the facts alleged, the Company believe this case is without merit. However, at this time, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of the lawsuit, the possible loss or range of loss, if any, after consideration of the extent of insurance coverage associated with the resolution of the lawsuit or any potential effect it may have on the Company or its operations.
63
Table of Contents
In 2011, two actions were brought against the Company’s New Life Lodge facility. One suit alleges negligence and medical malpractice resulting in wrongful death and seeks a total $32.0 million in compensatory and punitive damages. The second suit is a medical malpractice action for alleged wrongful death and seeks $13.0 million in compensatory and punitive damages. The Company intends to defend vigorously the pending lawsuits. In consultation with counsel and based on its preliminary investigation into the facts alleged, the Company believes these cases are without merit. However, at this time, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of the lawsuit or the possible loss or range of loss, if any, after consideration of the extent of insurance coverage associated with the resolution of the lawsuit or any potential effect it may have on the Company or its operations.
The Company is involved in litigation and regulatory investigations arising in the course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, management estimates that these matters will be resolved without material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial position or results from operations and cash flows.
12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock
The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the Company to issue 1,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock, all of which are issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011and 2010, and are held by the Group.
Voting— Each share of common stock is entitled, on all matters submitted for a vote or the consent of the holders of shares of common stock, to one vote.
Capital Contributed by Parent
As discussed in Note 1, the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group. Contributions from and distributions to the Group are reflected as capital contributed by Parent, net on the Company’s consolidated statement of changes in equity. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company recorded capital contributions from the Parent of $5.4 million, $9.1 million and $10.0 million, respectively. The 2011 net contribution includes $1.3 million in distributions to the Group related to the Parent Company debt obligations.
Included in the amounts above are $3.6 million, $5.8 million, and $5.4 million, for the years ended December 31 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, received from the Group representing settlements with the Group of the Company’s tax liability. The Company’s financial performance is included in the consolidated income tax returns of the Group.
Also included in the amounts above are $3.4 million, $3.3 million and $5.0 million, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, relative to stock-based compensation. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation in conjunction with stock options issued by the Group. Stock-based compensation is primarily related to employees of the Company who have received options to purchase Group stock.
13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Description of Share-Based Plans
2006 Executive Incentive Plan, 2006 Management Incentive Plan and 2007 Incentive Plan
On February 6, 2006 the Group adopted the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan (the “Executive Plan”) and the 2006 Management Incentive Plan (the “Management Plan”) and on September 7, 2007, the Group adopted the 2007 Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The Company refers to the Executive Plan, Management Plan and Incentive Plan collectively as the “Plans.” The Plans provide for options to purchase Group stock by the Company’s key employees, directors, consultants and advisors. Options granted under the Plans may be either incentive or non-incentive stock options. As of December 31, 2011, only non-incentive options (non-qualified under Internal Revenue Code 422) have been awarded under the Plans. Options granted under the Plans represent units. One unit consists of nine shares of class A and one share of class L common stock of the Group.
Options under the Plans may be granted for periods of up to ten years at an exercise price generally not less than fair market value of the shares subject to the award, determined as of the award date. In the case that the incentive stock options are granted to a 10% shareholder, an exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares subject to the award at the grant date. All options granted under the Plans expire ten years from the date of grant or within 30 days from the recipient’s last date of service as an employee of the Company.
Options granted under the Executive Plan and Incentive Plan vest in three tranches as follows: tranche 1 options vest and become exercisable at the rate of 20% one year from the date of grant and 10% at six-month increments thereafter or, if earlier, 100% on a change of control as defined in the plans; tranche 2 options vest and become exercisable upon achievement of both a performance and a market condition, as defined in the Executive and Incentive Plans; tranche 3 options vest and become exercisable over a five-year period upon achievement of performance conditions or alternatively upon achievement of both a performance and a market condition, as defined in the Executive and Incentive Plans. In order to vest, the recipient must continue to provide service as an employee through the vesting date. Tranche 1 options represent 50% of an option grant under the Executive Plan and Incentive Plans and tranche 2 and 3 options each represent 25% of the options granted under the Executive and Incentive Plans.
64
Table of Contents
Options granted under the Management Plan vest and become exercisable over five years as follows: 20% in one year from the date of grant and 10% at six-month increments thereafter or, if earlier, 100% on a change of control, as defined in the Management Plan.
In 2011, options were granted to senior executives under the Incentive Plan pursuant to a Senior Executive Option Agreement. The options under the Senior Executive Option Agreement vest in two tranches as follows: tranche 1 options vest and become exercisable at the rate of 20% one year from the date of grant and 10% at six-month increments thereafter or, if earlier, 100% on a change of control as defined in the plans; tranche 2 options vest and become exercisable upon achievement of both a performance and a market condition, as defined in Senior Executive Option Agreement. In order to vest, the recipient must continue to provide service as an employee through the vesting date. Both tranche 1 and tranche 2 options represent 50% of the option grant under the Senior Executive Option Agreement.
A maximum of 5,734,053 shares of Class A common stock of the Group and 637,117 shares of Class L common stock of the Group may be granted under the Plans.
Stock Option Expense Measurement and Recognition
The Company measures and recognizes expense for all stock-based payment awards, including employee stock options, granted after January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value. Management estimates the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods on a straight-line basis in the consolidated statements of operations. In addition, for the options that vest upon the achievement of performance conditions, the Company recognizes compensation expense only if achievement of such performance conditions is probable. For awards that are subject to both a performance and market condition, compensation expense is recognized over the longer of the implicit service period associated with the performance condition or the derived service period associated with the market condition.
Stock-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest net of an estimated forfeiture rate. Forfeitures are estimated at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The estimated forfeiture rate at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was 5% per year.
The Company recognizes the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost as financing cash flows.
Valuation of Stock-Based Awards
The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted in 2011 using a Monte Carlo simulation. Options granted in prior years were valued based on a combination of two models depending on the nature of the option tranche. Prior to 2011, tranche 1 grants were valued using the Black Scholes Merton model and tranche 2 and 3 grants were valued using the binomial model with Monte Carlo simulation. The change in valuation methodology in 2011 occurred as a result in modifications to the performance and market conditions associated with the grants. The weighted average grant date fair value of units granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $24.77, $23.21, and $21.83 per unit, respectively. Because of the nature of this path-dependent simulation model, the types of inputs and their values cannot be directly compared with the inputs typical of a Black Scholes Merton option pricing model.
The fair value of stock-based payment awards was estimated using the following assumptions:
Year Ended December 31, 2011 | Year Ended December 31, 2010 | Year Ended December 31, 2009 | ||||
Binomial (Monte Carlo simulation) | ||||||
Expected equity volatility | — | 50.93 - 52.68% | 39.60 - 52.88% | |||
Expected asset volatility | 15% | — | — | |||
Dividend yield | 0% | 0% | 0% | |||
Risk-free interest rate | 2.14 - 3.65% | 3.03 - 3.73% | 2.74 - 3.71% | |||
Black Scholes Merton | ||||||
Expected term (in years) | — | 6.24 - 6.39 | 6.16 - 6.24 | |||
Expected equity volatility | — | 41.00 - 44.70% | 39.50 - 43.70% | |||
Dividend yield | — | 0% | 0% | |||
Risk-free interest rate | — | 2.19 - 2.88% | 2.03 - 2.92% |
65
Table of Contents
• | Expected term used in the Black Scholes Merton valuation model represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock options, vesting schedules and expectation of future employee behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of its stock option grants. |
• | Expected volatility utilized for the units granted is based on the historical volatility of comparable public companies for periods corresponding to the expected term of the awards. |
• | No dividends are expected to be paid over the option term. |
• | The risk-free rate used for options granted is based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury constant maturities issued with a term equal to the expected term of the options. |
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Options granted under the Plans are for the purchase of Group stock by the Company’s key employees, directors, consultants and advisors. Compensation expense related to the stock options granted by the Group is being recorded on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as substantially all grants have been made to employees of the Company. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation costs net of an estimated forfeiture rate and recognizes the compensation costs for only those shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $3.4 million, $3.3 million, and $5.0 million, respectively, within salaries and benefits on the consolidated statements of operations. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation expense was $0.6 million, $1.2 million, and $2.0 million, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
As of December 31, 2011, $4.2 million of total unrecognized compensation, net of estimated forfeitures of $0.2 million, is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.2 years if all the service, performance and market conditions are met under the provisions of the option plans. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 269,349 shares, 460,047 shares and 638,186 shares vested with an aggregate grant date fair value of $1.3 million, $2.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively.
Stock Option Activity under the Plans
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group granted 240,936 units, which represent 2,168,424 option shares to purchase Class A common stock of the Group and 240,936 option shares to purchase Class L common stock of the Group. Activity under the Plans for the year ended December 31, 2011 is summarized below:
Option Shares | Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share | Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value | Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (In Years) | |||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2010 | 6,002,738 | $ | 7.77 | 5.77 | ||||||||||||
Granted | 2,409,360 | 7.23 | $ | 2.48 | 9.33 | |||||||||||
Exercised | (128,725 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Forfeited/cancelled/expired | (1,518,533 | ) | 9.53 | $ | 4.85 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
Outstanding—December 31, 2011 | 6,764,840 | $ | 7.31 | 6.25 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
Exercisable—December 31, 2011 | 3,028,480 | $ | 6.52 | 4.36 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
| |||||||||||||
Exercisable and expected to be exercisable | 6,426,598 | $ | 7.31 | 6.25 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate intrinsic value of share options outstanding, exercisable, and outstanding and expected to be exercised was $7.0 million, $6.3 million and $6.0 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the fair value of the Group’s shares as of December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had 3,736,359 and 2,537,289 unvested option shares with per-share, weighted average grant date fair values of $3.32 and $4.75, respectively. Additionally, 269,349 option shares with a per-share weighted average grant date fair value of $4.78 vested during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011.
The aggregate intrinsic value of share options exercised under equity compensation plans was $2.0 million, $1.1 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
66
Table of Contents
The following table presents the composition of options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2011.
Options Outstanding | Options Exercisable | |||||||||
Range of Exercise Prices | Number of | Weighted Average | Weighted Average | Number of | Weighted Average | |||||
$ 0.02 - $ 0.32 | 2,966,748 | 7.79 | $ 0.21 | 880,476 | $ 0.10 | |||||
$ 1.00 - $ 3.30 | 3,121,661 | 4.79 | 1.07 | 1,845,187 | 1.07 | |||||
$ 7.89 - $17.62 | 97,571 | 4.11 | 8.04 | 97,571 | 8.04 | |||||
$ 69.64 - $98.16 | 578,860 | 6.61 | 77.24 | 205,246 | 82.34 | |||||
|
| |||||||||
Total | 6,764,840 | 6.25 | $ 7.31 | 3,028,480 | $ 6.52 | |||||
|
|
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company maintains a stockholders agreement with its security holders. The stockholders agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of the Company’s directors and the directors of the Group, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions (including the right to approve various corporate actions), registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions) and call options. Three of the Company’s five directors are employees of Bain Capital, the Company’s principal shareholder.
The Company maintains a management agreement with an affiliate of Bain Capital Partners, LLC. pursuant to which such entity or its affiliates will provide management services. Pursuant to such agreement, an affiliate of Bain Capital Partners, LLC will receive an aggregate annual management fee of $2.0 million and reimbursement in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreement. The management agreement has a five year, evergreen term; however, in certain circumstances, such as an initial public offering or change of control of the Group, the Company may terminate the management agreement and buy out its remaining obligations under the agreement to Bain Capital Partners, LLC and affiliates. In addition, the management agreement provides that an affiliate of Bain Capital Partners, LLC may receive fees in connection with certain subsequent financing and acquisition transactions. The management agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of Bain Capital Partners, LLC and its affiliates. The Company, under this agreement, paid management fees of $2.5 million, $3.5 million and $3.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, which is included in supplies, facilities and other operating costs in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
The Company maintains operating leases with certain employees resulting primarily from prior year acquisition activity within the youth division. Such related party leases are due and payable on a monthly basis on similar terms and conditions as the Company’s other leasing arrangements (see Note 11).
One of the Directors of the Company at December 31, 2010, received compensation for his services to the Company as a consultant. In 2006, he was granted options to purchase 13,435 shares of Class A common stock and 1,492 shares of Class L common stock which vest over a five year period. He also receives a salary of $10,000 per month in consideration of his services rendered to the Company.
15. RESTRUCTURING
On March 24, 2011, the Company announced a plan to transition the services provided within its youth division to a more focused national network of services. This smaller network will allow the Company to apply its resources where there are the greatest needs and assure the best possible service for its students and families. Additionally, as a part of a plan to align Company’s resources with its business plan, management initiated restructuring of certain of its administrative functions at its corporate headquarters and other divisions during 2011. Collectively, this plan is referred to as the FY11 plan. As part of the plan, the Company terminated operations at five youth facilities and consolidated services at two other youth facilities. The Company also closed seven outpatient facilities within its recovery division as part of its plan to better align resources. In connection with the FY11 plan, the Company recognized $9.7 million of restructuring charges, of which $7.8 million has been classified as discontinued operations, during the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had completed the termination of operations at all of the facilities. Future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with the exit or consolidation of excess facilities are expected to continue through fiscal 2020.
67
Table of Contents
A summary of restructuring activity under the FY11 plan, including those classified as discontinued operations, is shown in the table below:
Workforce Reduction | Consolidation and Exit of Excess Facilities | Total | ||||||||||
Expenses | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | 857 | $ | 102 | $ | 959 | ||||||
Youth | 2,348 | 5,933 | 8,281 | |||||||||
Weight management | 29 | — | 29 | |||||||||
Corporate | 522 | — | 522 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total expenses | 3,756 | 6,035 | 9,791 | |||||||||
Cash payments | ||||||||||||
Recovery | (849 | ) | — | (849 | ) | |||||||
Youth | (2,338 | ) | (1,003 | ) | (3,341 | ) | ||||||
Weight management | (29 | ) | — | (29 | ) | |||||||
Corporate | (522 | ) | — | (522 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total cash payments | (3,738 | ) | (1,003 | ) | (4,741 | ) | ||||||
Restructuring reserve at December 31, 2011: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | 8 | 102 | 110 | |||||||||
Youth | 10 | 4,930 | 4,940 | |||||||||
Weight management | — | — | — | |||||||||
Corporate | — | — | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total restructuring reserve at December 31, 2011 | $ | 18 | $ | 5,032 | $ | 5,050 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the second half of fiscal 2008, management initiated a restructuring plan (the “FY08 Plan”) to align the Company’s resources with its strategic business plan by initiating facility consolidations, facility exit actions and certain workforce reductions. The Company’s restructuring activities were focused on those facilities which were negatively impacted by the economic crisis and the depressed credit markets. Future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with the exit or consolidation of excess facilities are expected to continue through fiscal 2018.
68
Table of Contents
A summary of restructuring activity under the FY08 plan, including those classified as discontinued operations, is shown in the table below:
Workforce Reduction | Consolidation and Exit of Excess Facilities | Total | ||||||||||
Restructuring reserve at December 31, 2008: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | — | $ | 2,208 | $ | 2,208 | ||||||
Youth | 165 | 896 | 1,061 | |||||||||
Weight management | 11 | — | 11 | |||||||||
Corporate | — | — | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total restructuring reserve at December 31, 2008 | 176 | 3,104 | 3,280 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Expenses | ||||||||||||
Recovery | 418 | 660 | 1,078 | |||||||||
Youth | 1,048 | 1,302 | 2,350 | |||||||||
Weight management | 113 | — | 113 | |||||||||
Corporate | 271 | 6 | 277 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total expenses | 1,850 | 1,968 | 3,818 | |||||||||
Cash payments | ||||||||||||
Recovery | (418 | ) | (761 | ) | (1,179 | ) | ||||||
Youth | (621 | ) | (1,323 | ) | (1,944 | ) | ||||||
Weight management | (105 | ) | — | (105 | ) | |||||||
Corporate | (271 | ) | (6 | ) | (277 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total cash payments | (1,415 | ) | (2,090 | ) | (3,505 | ) | ||||||
Restructuring reserve at December 31, 2009: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | — | 2,107 | 2,107 | |||||||||
Youth | 592 | 875 | 1,467 | |||||||||
Weight management | 19 | — | 19 | |||||||||
Corporate | — | — | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total restructuring reserve at December 31, 2009 | 611 | 2,982 | 3,593 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Expenses | ||||||||||||
Recovery | 26 | 953 | 979 | |||||||||
Youth | 103 | 3,961 | 4,064 | |||||||||
Weight management | (19 | ) | — | (19 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total expenses | 110 | 4,914 | 5,024 | |||||||||
Cash payments | ||||||||||||
Recovery | (3 | ) | (882 | ) | (885 | ) | ||||||
Youth | (684 | ) | (790 | ) | (1,474 | ) | ||||||
Weight management | — | — | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total cash payments | (687 | ) | (1,672 | ) | (2,359 | ) | ||||||
Restructuring reserve at December 31, 2010: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | 23 | 2,178 | 2,201 | |||||||||
Youth | 11 | 4,046 | 4,057 | |||||||||
Weight management | — | — | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total restructuring reserve at December 31, 2010 | 34 | 6,224 | 6,258 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Expenses | ||||||||||||
Recovery | 16 | (302 | ) | (286 | ) | |||||||
Youth | — | 231 | 231 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total expenses | 16 | (71 | ) | (55 | ) | |||||||
Cash payments | ||||||||||||
Recovery | (39 | ) | (390 | ) | (429 | ) | ||||||
Youth | (11 | ) | (930 | ) | (941 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total cash payments | (50 | ) | (1,320 | ) | (1,370 | ) | ||||||
Restructuring reserve at December 31, 2011: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | — | 1,486 | 1,486 | |||||||||
Youth | — | 3,347 | 3,347 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total restructuring reserve at December 31, 2011 | $ | — | $ | 4,833 | $ | 4,833 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
Table of Contents
16. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company classified 14 facilities as discontinued operations, of which seven were in its recovery division and seven were in its youth division, as part of the FY11 plan. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company classified one of its facilities in its recovery division as discontinued operations. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company classified five facilities as discontinued operations, as part of the FY08 Plan, which included two outdoor programs and two therapeutic boarding schools within its youth division and one outpatient facility within its recovery division.
Activities related to discontinued operations are recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations under discontinued operations for all periods presented.
The results of operations for those facilities classified as discontinued operations are summarized below (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Net revenue | $ | 9,936 | $ | 22,935 | $ | 34,356 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Operating expenses | 22,536 | 31,872 | 40,023 | |||||||||
Asset impairment | 2,905 | 11,673 | 11,490 | |||||||||
Interest (expense) income | 6 | (7 | ) | (9 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Loss before income taxes | (15,499 | ) | (20,617 | ) | (17,166 | ) | ||||||
Tax expense (benefit) | (6,017 | ) | (8,115 | ) | (6,144 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Loss from discontinued operations | $ | (9,482 | ) | $ | (12,502 | ) | $ | (11,022 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
17. SEGMENT INFORMATION
During the second quarter of 2011, the Company reorganized its managerial and financial reporting structure into three segments: recovery, youth and weight management. Prior to this change, the Company had two operating segments, which were also its reportable segments: recovery and healthy living. The weight management businesses that were previously reported under healthy living are now reported separately. The Company has retrospectively revised the segment presentation for all periods presented.
Reportable segments are based upon the Company’s organizational structure, the manner in which the operations are managed and on the level at which the Company’s chief operating decision-maker allocates resources. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer.
A summary of the Company’s reportable segments are as follows:
Recovery — The recovery segment specializes in the treatment of chemical dependency and other behavioral health disorders. Services offered in this segment include: inpatient/residential care, partial/day treatment, intensive outpatient groups, therapeutic living/half-way house environments, aftercare centers and detoxification. As of December 31, 2011, the recovery segment operates 30 inpatient, 15 outpatient facilities, and 57 comprehensive treatment centers (“CTCs”) in 21 states.
Youth — The youth segment provides a wide variety of adolescent therapeutic programs through settings and solutions that match individual needs with the appropriate learning and therapeutic environment. Services offered in this segment include boarding schools and experiential outdoor education programs. As of December 31, 2011, the youth segment operates 16 adolescent and young adult programs in 6 states.
Weight management — The weight management segment provides adult and adolescent treatment services for obesity and eating disorders, each a related behavioral disorder. Services offered in this segment include treatment plans through a combination of medical, psychological and social treatment programs. As of December 31, 2011, the weight management segment operates 18 facilities in 8 states, and one in the United Kingdom.
Corporate — In addition to the three reportable segments described above, the Company has activities classified as corporate which represent general and administrative expenses (i.e., expenses associated with the corporate offices in Cupertino, California, which provides management, financial, human resources and information systems support), and stock-based compensation expense that are not allocated to the segments.
70
Table of Contents
Major Customers — No single customer represented 10% or more of the Company’s total net revenue in any period presented.
Geographic Information — The Company’s business operations and assets are primarily in the United States.
Selected financial information for the Company’s reportable segments was as follows (in thousands):
Years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Net revenue: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | 344,780 | $ | 326,464 | $ | 310,392 | ||||||
Youth | 69,509 | 66,455 | 69,467 | |||||||||
Weight management | 31,614 | 28,572 | 25,493 | |||||||||
Corporate | 140 | 193 | 240 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total net revenue | $ | 446,043 | $ | 421,684 | $ | 405,592 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expenses | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | 10,759 | $ | 10,810 | $ | 10,320 | ||||||
Youth | 3,455 | 4,874 | 7,082 | |||||||||
Weight management | 1,076 | 916 | 1,124 | |||||||||
Corporate | 4,440 | 3,877 | 3,618 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total depreciation and amortization expenses | $ | 19,730 | $ | 20,477 | $ | 22,144 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Other Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | 227,962 | $ | 207,046 | $ | 202,064 | ||||||
Youth | 74,189 | 129,376 | 98,129 | |||||||||
Weight management | 26,201 | 25,819 | 22,948 | |||||||||
Corporate | 29,695 | 27,915 | 27,863 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total other operating expenses | $ | 358,047 | $ | 390,156 | $ | 351,004 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Operating income (loss): | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | 106,059 | $ | 108,608 | $ | 98,008 | ||||||
Youth | (8,135 | ) | (67,795 | ) | (35,744 | ) | ||||||
Weight management | 4,337 | 1,837 | 1,421 | |||||||||
Corporate | (33,995 | ) | (31,599 | ) | (31,241 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total operating income | $ | 68,266 | $ | 11,051 | $ | 32,444 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total operating income | $ | 68,266 | $ | 11,051 | $ | 32,444 | ||||||
Interest expense, net | (45,324 | ) | (43,340 | ) | (45,419 | ) | ||||||
Other income | 854 | 473 | 58 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes | $ | 23,796 | $ | (31,816 | ) | $ | (12,917 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Capital expenditures: | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | 8,742 | $ | 11,960 | $ | 6,835 | ||||||
Youth | 2,314 | 2,536 | 1,801 | |||||||||
Weight management | 680 | 517 | 609 | |||||||||
Corporate | 5,674 | 6,265 | 2,891 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total capital expenditures | $ | 17,410 | $ | 21,278 | $ | 12,136 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
Table of Contents
December 31, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||
Total assets (1) | ||||||||||||
Recovery | $ | 904,173 | $ | 901,411 | $ | 897,120 | ||||||
Youth | 46,973 | 56,319 | 128,579 | |||||||||
Weight management | 38,614 | 38,197 | 42,831 | |||||||||
Corporate | 49,197 | 43,796 | 39,684 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total consolidated assets | $ | 1,038,957 | $ | 1,039,723 | $ | 1,108,214 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Includes amounts related to discontinued operations. |
18. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding $176.2 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by all of the Company’s 100 percent owned subsidiaries.
The following supplemental tables present condensed consolidating balance sheets for the Company and its subsidiary guarantors as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the condensed consolidating statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, and the condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.
72
Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
CRC Health Corporation | Subsidiary Guarantors | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||
CURRENT ASSETS: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | — | $ | 9,013 | $ | 1,170 | $ | — | $ | 10,183 | ||||||||||
Restricted cash | 328 | — | — | — | 328 | |||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable-net | — | 36,063 | 133 | — | 36,196 | |||||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses | 5,179 | 2,940 | 253 | — | 8,372 | |||||||||||||||
Other current assets | 571 | 1,991 | 76 | — | 2,638 | |||||||||||||||
Income tax receivable | 516 | — | — | — | 516 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes | 6,365 | — | — | — | 6,365 | |||||||||||||||
Current assets of discontinued operations | — | 1,261 | — | — | 1,261 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total current assets | 12,959 | 51,268 | 1,632 | — | 65,859 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net | 9,993 | 115,978 | 869 | — | 126,840 | |||||||||||||||
GOODWILL | — | 515,825 | 7,967 | — | 523,792 | |||||||||||||||
INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Net | — | 299,386 | 1,961 | — | 301,347 | |||||||||||||||
OTHER ASSETS-Net | 20,635 | 470 | 14 | — | 21,119 | |||||||||||||||
INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES | 951,669 | — | — | (951,669 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 995,256 | $ | 982,927 | $ | 12,443 | $ | (951,669 | ) | $ | 1,038,957 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||
CURRENT LIABILITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 3,670 | $ | 1,281 | $ | 43 | $ | — | $ | 4,994 | ||||||||||
Accrued liabilities | 18,414 | 12,062 | 1,563 | — | 32,039 | |||||||||||||||
Current portion of long-term debt | 6,771 | 279 | — | — | 7,050 | |||||||||||||||
Other current liabilities | 863 | 11,430 | 319 | — | 12,612 | |||||||||||||||
Current liabilities of discontinued operations | — | 2,511 | — | — | 2,511 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total current liabilities | 29,718 | 27,563 | 1,925 | — | 59,206 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
LONG-TERM DEBT—Less current portion | 594,629 | — | — | — | 594,629 | |||||||||||||||
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES | 915 | 7,393 | 23 | — | 8,331 | |||||||||||||||
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS | — | 6,797 | — | — | 6,797 | |||||||||||||||
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES | 105,040 | — | — | — | 105,040 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total liabilities | 730,302 | 41,753 | 1,948 | — | 774,003 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total equity | 264,954 | 941,174 | 10,495 | (951,669 | ) | 264,954 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY | $ | 995,256 | $ | 982,927 | $ | 12,443 | $ | (951,669 | ) | $ | 1,038,957 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010
(In thousands)
CRC Health Corporation | Subsidiary Guarantors | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||||||||||||||
CURRENT ASSETS: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | — | $ | 6,826 | $ | 285 | $ | — | $ | 7,111 | ||||||||||
Restricted cash | 546 | — | — | — | 546 | |||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable—net of allowance for doubtful accounts | — | 31,641 | 232 | — | 31,873 | |||||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses | 4,488 | 3,862 | 180 | — | 8,530 | |||||||||||||||
Other current assets | 585 | 1,333 | 3 | — | 1,921 | |||||||||||||||
Income taxes receivable | 470 | — | — | — | 470 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes | 6,761 | — | — | — | 6,761 | |||||||||||||||
Current assets of discontinued operations | — | 1,635 | — | — | 1,635 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total current assets | 12,850 | 45,297 | 700 | — | 58,847 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net | 9,515 | 115,023 | 1,088 | — | 125,626 | |||||||||||||||
GOODWILL | — | 518,310 | 3,497 | — | 521,807 | |||||||||||||||
INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Net | — | 311,939 | 2,093 | — | 314,032 | |||||||||||||||
OTHER ASSETS-Net | 18,728 | 669 | 14 | — | 19,411 | |||||||||||||||
INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES | 953,587 | — | — | (953,587 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 994,680 | $ | 991,238 | $ | 7,392 | $ | (953,587 | ) | $ | 1,039,723 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY | ||||||||||||||||||||
CURRENT LIABILITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 3,850 | $ | 1,046 | $ | 41 | $ | — | $ | 4,937 | ||||||||||
Accrued liabilities | 17,396 | 12,796 | 664 | — | 30,856 | |||||||||||||||
Current portion of long-term debt | 9,641 | 1,470 | — | — | 11,111 | |||||||||||||||
Other current liabilities | 4,127 | 13,128 | 1,050 | — | 18,305 | |||||||||||||||
Current liabilities of discontinued operations | — | 3,619 | — | — | 3,619 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total current liabilities | 35,014 | 32,059 | 1,755 | — | 68,828 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
LONG-TERM DEBT—Less current portion | 598,618 | 297 | — | — | 598,915 | |||||||||||||||
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES | 996 | 7,613 | 177 | — | 8,786 | |||||||||||||||
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS | — | 3,142 | — | — | 3,142 | |||||||||||||||
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES | 105,079 | — | — | — | 105,079 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total liabilities | 739,707 | 43,111 | 1,932 | — | 784,750 | |||||||||||||||
CRC HEALTH CORPORATION STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | 254,973 | 948,127 | 5,460 | (953,587 | ) | 254,973 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total equity | 254,973 | 948,127 | 5,460 | (953,587 | ) | 254,973 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY | $ | 994,680 | $ | 991,238 | $ | 7,392 | $ | (953,587 | ) | $ | 1,039,723 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
CRC Health Corporation | Subsidiary Guarantors | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
REVENUE: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net client service revenue | $ | 140 | $ | 430,139 | $ | 15,764 | $ | — | $ | 446,043 | ||||||||||
Management fee revenue | 79,572 | — | — | (79,572 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total net revenue | 79,712 | 430,139 | 15,764 | (79,572 | ) | 446,043 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Salaries and benefits | 18,944 | 183,583 | 5,945 | — | 208,472 | |||||||||||||||
Supplies, facilities and other operating costs | 10,751 | 114,787 | 8,948 | — | 134,486 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts | — | 8,888 | 97 | — | 8,985 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 4,440 | 14,733 | 557 | — | 19,730 | |||||||||||||||
Asset impairment | — | 6,104 | — | — | 6,104 | |||||||||||||||
Management fee expense | — | 75,974 | 3,598 | (79,572 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 34,135 | 404,069 | 19,145 | (79,572 | ) | 377,777 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
OPERATING INCOME | 45,577 | 26,070 | (3,381 | ) | — | 68,266 | ||||||||||||||
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET | (45,148 | ) | (176 | ) | — | — | (45,324 | ) | ||||||||||||
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE | 836 | 18 | — | — | 854 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
(LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES | 1,265 | 25,912 | (3,381 | ) | — | 23,796 | ||||||||||||||
INCOME TAX (BENEFIT) EXPENSE | 626 | 12,821 | (1,673 | ) | — | 11,774 | ||||||||||||||
EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES, NET OF TAX | 1,901 | — | — | (1,901 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS | 2,540 | 13,091 | (1,708 | ) | (1,901 | ) | 12,022 | |||||||||||||
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX | — | (9,482 | ) | — | — | (9,482 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
NET INCOME (LOSS) | $ | 2,540 | $ | 3,609 | $ | (1,708 | ) | $ | (1,901 | ) | $ | 2,540 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
(In thousands)
CRC Health Corporation | Subsidiary Guarantors | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
REVENUE: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net client service revenue | $ | 193 | $ | 406,783 | $ | 14,708 | $ | — | $ | 421,684 | ||||||||||
Management fee revenue | 75,556 | — | — | (75,556 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total net revenue | 75,749 | 406,783 | 14,708 | (75,556 | ) | 421,684 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Salaries and benefits | 19,222 | 174,590 | 5,941 | — | 199,753 | |||||||||||||||
Supplies, facilities and other operating costs | 8,716 | 103,485 | 8,608 | — | 120,809 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts | — | 7,177 | 203 | — | 7,380 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 3,877 | 16,047 | 553 | — | 20,477 | |||||||||||||||
Asset impairment | — | 9,254 | 237 | — | 9,491 | |||||||||||||||
Goodwill impairment | — | 43,988 | 8,735 | — | 52,723 | |||||||||||||||
Management fee expense | — | 72,373 | 3,183 | (75,556 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 31,815 | 426,914 | 27,460 | (75,556 | ) | 410,633 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
OPERATING INCOME | 43,934 | (20,131 | ) | (12,752 | ) | — | 11,051 | |||||||||||||
INTEREST EXPENSE | (42,960 | ) | (380 | ) | — | — | (43,340 | ) | ||||||||||||
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE | 542 | (69 | ) | — | — | 473 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES | 1,516 | (20,580 | ) | (12,752 | ) | — | (31,816 | ) | ||||||||||||
INCOME BENEFIT | (85 | ) | 1,155 | 715 | — | 1,785 | ||||||||||||||
EQUITY IN LOSS OF SUBSIDIARIES, NET OF TAX | (47,704 | ) | — | — | 47,704 | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS | (46,103 | ) | (21,735 | ) | (13,467 | ) | 47,704 | (33,601 | ) | |||||||||||
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX | — | (12,502 | ) | — | — | (12,502 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
NET LOSS | $ | (46,103 | ) | $ | (34,237 | ) | $ | (13,467 | ) | $ | 47,704 | $ | (46,103 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
(In thousands)
CRC Health Corporation | Subsidiary Guarantors | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
REVENUE: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net client service revenue | $ | 32 | $ | 388,341 | $ | 17,219 | $ | — | $ | 405,592 | ||||||||||
Management fee revenue | 76,401 | — | — | (76,401 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total net revenue | 76,433 | 388,341 | 17,219 | (76,401 | ) | 405,592 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Salaries and benefits | 19,550 | 169,392 | 7,589 | — | 196,531 | |||||||||||||||
Supplies, facilities and other operating costs | 8,273 | 97,369 | 8,756 | — | 114,398 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts | 2 | 7,610 | 264 | — | 7,876 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 3,566 | 17,907 | 671 | — | 22,144 | |||||||||||||||
Asset impairment | — | 10 | — | — | 10 | |||||||||||||||
Goodwill impairment | — | 32,189 | — | — | 32,189 | |||||||||||||||
Management fee expense | — | 73,355 | 3,046 | (76,401 | ) | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 31,391 | 397,832 | 20,326 | (76,401 | ) | 373,148 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
OPERATING INCOME | 45,042 | (9,491 | ) | (3,107 | ) | — | 32,444 | |||||||||||||
INTEREST EXPENSE | (44,928 | ) | (491 | ) | — | — | (45,419 | ) | ||||||||||||
OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE | 40 | 18 | — | — | 58 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES | 154 | (9,964 | ) | (3,107 | ) | — | (12,917 | ) | ||||||||||||
INCOME TAX (BENEFIT) EXPENSE | (36 | ) | 2,467 | 769 | — | 3,200 | ||||||||||||||
EQUITY IN LOSS OF SUBSIDIARIES, NET OF TAX | (27,267 | ) | — | — | 27,267 | — | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS | (27,077 | ) | (12,431 | ) | (3,876 | ) | 27,267 | (16,117 | ) | |||||||||||
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX | — | (11,022 | ) | — | — | (11,022 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
NET LOSS | (27,077 | ) | (23,453 | ) | (3,876 | ) | 27,267 | (27,139 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
LESS: NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTEREST | — | — | (62 | ) | — | (62 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO CRC HEALTH CORPORATION | $ | (27,077 | ) | $ | (23,453 | ) | $ | (3,814 | ) | $ | 27,267 | $ | (27,077 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
CRC Health Corporation | Subsidiary Guarantors | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 13,381 | $ | 25,822 | $ | (1,544 | ) | $ | — | $ | 37,659 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Additions of property and equipment | (5,674 | ) | (11,528 | ) | (208 | ) | — | (17,410 | ) | |||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment | — | 170 | — | — | 170 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired | — | (2,000 | ) | — | — | (2,000 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other investing activities | (126 | ) | — | — | — | (126 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (5,800 | ) | (13,358 | ) | (208 | ) | — | (19,366 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Intercompany transfers | 4,727 | (7,364 | ) | 2,637 | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Capital contributed to Parent | (2,523 | ) | — | — | — | (2,523 | ) | |||||||||||||
Capitalized financing costs | (3,169 | ) | — | — | — | (3,169 | ) | |||||||||||||
Borrowings under revolving line of credit | 9,500 | — | — | — | 9,500 | |||||||||||||||
Repayments under revolving line of credit | (7,000 | ) | — | — | — | (7,000 | ) | |||||||||||||
Repayments of term loan and seller notes | (9,715 | ) | (2,913 | ) | — | — | (12,628 | ) | ||||||||||||
Excess tax benefit from stock compensation | 599 | — | — | — | 599 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | (7,581 | ) | (10,277 | ) | 2,637 | — | (15,221 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | — | 2,187 | 885 | — | 3,072 | |||||||||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Beginning of period | — | 6,826 | 285 | — | 7,111 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS End of period | $ | — | $ | 9,013 | $ | 1,170 | $ | — | $ | 10,183 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
(In thousands)
CRC Health Corporation | Subsidiary Guarantors | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | $ | 1,221 | $ | 47,710 | $ | (3,152 | ) | $ | — | $ | 45,779 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Additions of property and equipment | (6,265 | ) | (14,895 | ) | (118 | ) | — | (21,278 | ) | |||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment | — | 81 | — | — | 81 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash required | (716 | ) | — | — | — | (716 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (6,981 | ) | (14,814 | ) | (118 | ) | — | (21,913 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Intercompany transfers | 25,782 | (29,100 | ) | 3,318 | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Capital distributed to Parent | (10 | ) | — | — | — | (10 | ) | |||||||||||||
Capitalized financing costs | (93 | ) | — | — | — | (93 | ) | |||||||||||||
Borrowings under revolving line of credit | 19,500 | — | — | — | 19,500 | |||||||||||||||
Repayments under revolving line of credit | (32,000 | ) | — | — | — | (32,000 | ) | |||||||||||||
Repayment of long-term debt | (7,419 | ) | (1,715 | ) | — | — | (9,134 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 5,760 | (30,815 | ) | 3,318 | — | (21,737 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | — | 2,081 | 48 | — | 2,129 | |||||||||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period | — | 4,745 | 237 | — | 4,982 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period | $ | — | $ | 6,826 | $ | 285 | $ | — | $ | 7,111 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
(In thousands)
CRC Health Corporation | Subsidiary Guarantors | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | 859 | $ | 39,015 | $ | (3,709 | ) | $ | — | $ | 36,165 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Additions of property and equipment | (2,891 | ) | (9,036 | ) | (209 | ) | — | (12,136 | ) | |||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment | 110 | 38 | — | — | 148 | |||||||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations | — | 732 | — | — | 732 | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition adjustments | (59 | ) | — | — | — | (59 | ) | |||||||||||||
Payments made under earnout arrangements | — | (200 | ) | — | — | (200 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (2,840 | ) | (8,466 | ) | (209 | ) | — | (11,515 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Intercompany transfers | 24,177 | (27,972 | ) | 3,795 | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Capital distributed to Parent | (412 | ) | — | — | — | (412 | ) | |||||||||||||
Repayment of capital lease obligations | — | (12 | ) | — | — | (12 | ) | |||||||||||||
Borrowings under revolving line of credit | 14,000 | — | — | — | 14,000 | |||||||||||||||
Repayments under revolving line of credit | (29,000 | ) | — | — | — | (29,000 | ) | |||||||||||||
Repayment of long-term debt | (6,550 | ) | — | — | — | (6,550 | ) | |||||||||||||
Noncontrolling interest buyout | (234 | ) | — | — | — | (234 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities | 1,981 | (27,984 | ) | 3,795 | — | (22,208 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | — | 2,565 | (123 | ) | — | 2,442 | ||||||||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period | — | 2,180 | 360 | — | 2,540 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period | $ | — | $ | 4,745 | $ | 237 | $ | — | $ | 4,982 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
Table of Contents
19. QUARTERLY SUMMARY (Unaudited)
The following tables summarize quarterly unaudited financial information (in thousands):
Quarter Ended | ||||||||||||||||
March 31 | June 30 | September 30 | December 31 | |||||||||||||
2011: | ||||||||||||||||
Net client service revenues | $ | 105,887 | $ | 116,000 | $ | 119,147 | $ | 105,009 | ||||||||
Operating expenses (1) (2) | 91,509 | 93,380 | 94,785 | 98,103 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
Operating income | 14,378 | 22,620 | 24,362 | 6,906 | ||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations | 1,699 | 6,032 | 7,247 | (2,956 | ) | |||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations | (2,586 | ) | (1,680 | ) | (4,497 | ) | (719 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | (887 | ) | $ | 4,352 | $ | 2,750 | $ | (3,675 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
2010: | ||||||||||||||||
Net client service revenues | $ | 98,636 | $ | 108,495 | $ | 113,422 | $ | 101,131 | ||||||||
Operating expenses (3) (4) | 84,346 | 138,727 | 101,515 | 86,045 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
Operating income (loss) | 14,290 | (30,232 | ) | 11,907 | 15,086 | |||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations | 2,024 | (37,553 | ) | (1,276 | ) | 3,204 | ||||||||||
Loss from discontinued operations | (782 | ) | (7,009 | ) | (3,823 | ) | (888 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 1,242 | $ | (44,562 | ) | $ | (5,099 | ) | $ | 2,316 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company recorded $1.9 million in non-cash asset impairment charges. |
(2) | During the three months ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $4.2 million in non-cash asset impairment charges. |
(3) | During the three months ended June 30, 2010, the Company recorded $7.5 million and $43.7 million in non-cash asset impairment and goodwill impairment charges, respectively. |
(4) | During the three months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded $1.7 million and $9.1 million in non-cash asset impairment and goodwill impairment charges, respectively. |
81
Table of Contents
ITEM 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
None
ITEM 9A. | Controls and Procedures |
Background
On August 16, 2011, the Company announced that it was conducting a review of inconsistencies in the accounts at one of its recovery residential treatment facilities (the “Facility”). On October 4, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), in consultation with the Audit Committee of the Board (the “Audit Committee”) and management, adopted the conclusions of the investigation and concluded that the Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, along with the accompanying independent auditors’ reports and its previously issued condensed consolidated financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2011 should not be relied upon because of errors identified in such financial statements.
Management initially identified certain errors upon initiating an internal investigation after noting inconsistencies in accounting for certain transactions at the Facility. Following a briefing by management on the issues, the Audit Committee hired independent counsel to conduct a review of accounting transactions at the Facility. The investigation identified issues related to misconduct by a former employee as well as errors in accounting for revenue, accounts receivable, bad debt expenses and general expenses. As a result of these errors on October 17, 2011, the Company restated its previously issued consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, including the quarterly data for the years 2009 and 2010, and for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2011.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report. This evaluation identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as noted below in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Based on the evaluation of this material weakness, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of its financial reporting and the preparation of its financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Management identified a material weakness as of December 31, 2011 in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness is the result of a combination of control deficiencies identified at facilities with manual accounting procedures. More specifically, weaknesses were identified relative to revenue recognition and the accounting for accounts receivable, the allowance for doubtful accounts, accrued expenses and prepaid assets as well as issues relating to lack of segregation of duties.
As a result of the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting described above, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2011 based on the COSO framework. If not remediated, this material weakness could result in future misstatements of account balances or in disclosures that could result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements.
82
Table of Contents
This Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only management’s report in this Form 10-K.
Plan for Remediation of the Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management has been actively engaged in remediation of the material weakness. These remediation efforts are intended both to address the identified material weakness and to enhance our overall financial control environment. Management has i.) added new and more experienced staff, ii.) instituted training for accounting and finance personnel, iii.) begun the process of reviewing the processes and procedures, including appropriate segregation of duties, surrounding revenue recognition and accounting for accounts receivable, the allowance for doubtful accounts, accrued expenses, prepaid assets and other matters as deemed appropriate, iv.) improved the processes over reconciliations of the general ledger and v.) begun the evaluation of relevant accounting policies and procedures to ensure that they are documented and standardized across the Company, circulated to the appropriate constituencies and reviewed and updated on a periodic basis. Management reports, periodically, to the Audit Committee on the progress of the remediation plan.
Management believes the measures described above and others that will be implemented will remediate the control deficiencies that we have identified and strengthen our internal control over financial reporting. As management continues to evaluate and improve internal control over financial reporting, we may decide to take additional measures to address control deficiencies or determine to modify, or in appropriate circumstances not to complete, certain of the remediation measures described above.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well-designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
ITEM 9B. | Other Information |
Not applicable
83
Table of Contents
ITEM 10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |
All of our directors serve until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of his death, resignation or removal. Our executive officers are appointed and serve at the discretion of our board of directors. There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information with respect to our directors and executive officers:
Name | Age | Position | ||
R. Andrew Eckert | 50 | Chief Executive Officer | ||
LeAnne M. Stewart | 47 | Chief Financial Officer | ||
Philip L. Herschman | 64 | Chief Clinical Officer | ||
Jerome E. Rhodes | 54 | Chief Operating Officer | ||
Pamela B. Burke | 44 | Senior Vice President, HR and Law, General Counsel and Secretary | ||
Steven Barnes | 51 | Director | ||
John Connaughton | 46 | Director | ||
Chris Gordon | 39 | Director | ||
Dr. Barry W. Karlin | 57 | Director | ||
General Barry R. McCaffrey (ret.) | 69 | Director |
The following biographies describe the business experience of our executive officers and directors:
R. Andrew Eckert,Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Eckert has served as our chief executive officer and a director of the Board since January 2011. From October 2009 to December 2010, Mr. Eckert served as a managing director of Symphony Technology Group, a private equity firm. From October 2005 to May 2009, Mr. Eckert served as chief executive officer and president of Eclipsys Corporation, a healthcare information management software provider. From 2004 to 2005, he served as chief executive officer of SumTotal Systems, Inc., an enterprise software provider. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Eckert served as Chief Executive Officer of Docent Inc., an enterprise software provider and from 1997 to 2000, he served as chairman and chief executive officer of ADAC Laboratories, a medical imaging company. Mr. Eckert currently serves on the board of directors of Varian Medical Systems, Inc., Thrasys, Inc. and Awarepoint, Inc. Mr. Eckert received a B.A. and M.B.A. from Stanford University.
LeAnne M. Stewart, Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Stewart has served as our chief financial officer since July 8, 2011. From February 2008 to May 2010, she served as chief financial officer of Granite Construction, a publicly traded, diversified heavy civil contractor and construction materials producer. From November 2004 to January 2007, she served as chief financial officer of Nash Finch Company, one of the country’s largest wholesale grocery distributors. From July 1987 to July 1995, Ms. Stewart held various positions at Ernst & Young LLP. Ms. Stewart is a Certified Public Accountant and Certified Management Accountant. She holds a B.A. in Accounting from the College of St. Benedict and an M.B.A from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
Philip L. Herschman, Chief Clinical Officer.Since May 2011, Mr Herschman has been serving as our chief clinical officer. From September 2007 to May 2011, Mr. Herschman served as the president of our former healthy living division. From May 2002 to September 2007, Mr. Herschman served as president of our outpatient treatment division. From August 1993 to May 2002, Mr. Herschman served as chief executive officer of Behavioral Health Concepts, a national mental health management company which he founded in 1993. From 1984 to 1992, Mr. Herschman worked in operations and business development for Republic Health Corporation, a healthcare company, where he was responsible for implementing the company’s strategy of joint venturing its acute care hospitals with physician groups. During this time, Mr. Herschman was also responsible for the operations of three acute care hospitals with over 500 beds for OrNda Health Corp. Prior to OrNda/Republic, Mr. Herschman was a regional vice president of operations with Horizon Health Corporation, a multi-unit psychiatric management company. Mr. Herschman holds a Ph.D. in psychology from the University of California, Irvine and a B.A. from the University of California, San Diego.
Jerome E. Rhodes, President, Chief Operating Officer. Since May 2011, Mr. Rhodes has been serving as our chief operating officer. From September 2007 to May 2011, Mr. Rhodes served as the president of our recovery division. From January 2004 to September 2007, Mr. Rhodes served as president of our residential treatment division. From August 2003 to January 2004, he was president of our eastern division. From September 1993 to February 2003, Mr. Rhodes served as chief executive officer of Comprehensive Addiction Programs, Inc., a behavioral healthcare treatment company. We acquired Comprehensive Addiction Programs, Inc. in February 2003. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Rhodes was the senior vice president of operations and from 1987 to 1991 he served as the senior vice president of acquisitions and development for Comprehensive Addiction Programs, Inc. From 1982 to 1987, Mr. Rhodes was the director of development for Beverly Enterprises, Inc., a publicly held nursing home company. From 1980 to 1982, Mr. Rhodes was the chief development consultant at Wilmot Bower and Associates, an architectural and development firm specializing in healthcare facilities. From 1978 to 1980, Mr. Rhodes was a project coordinator and analyst with Manor Care, Inc., a publicly held nursing home company. Rhodes serves as President of the Board of Directors of Kentmere Nursing Home. Mr. Rhodes holds a B.A. in business administration from Columbia Union College.
84
Table of Contents
Pamela B. Burke, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.Ms. Burke has served as our senior vice president, human resources and law, since 2010 and has served as general counsel and secretary since February 2005. Prior to joining us in February 2005, Ms. Burke was a partner at the law firm DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US LLP, which she joined in September 1996. From September 1993 to April 1996, Ms. Burke worked for Ernst & Young in its National Tax Office. Ms. Burke received her B.A. in government from Cornell University and her J.D. from George Washington University.
Steven Barnes, Director.Mr. Barnes has served as a director since February 2006 and as Chairman of the Board since February 2011. Mr. Barnes has been associated with Bain Capital since 1988 and has been a Managing Director since 2000. In addition to working for Bain Capital, he also held senior operating roles of several Bain Capital portfolio companies including chief executive officer of Dade Behring, Inc., president of Executone Business Systems, Inc. and president of Holson Burnes Group, Inc. Mr. Barnes currently serves on several boards including Ideal Standard Bulgaria AD (IB), Clear Channel (CC Media Holdings, Inc.), Inc. and Securitas Direct. He also volunteers on several charitable organizations, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Make-A-Wish Foundation of Massachusetts and Rhode Island, a Trustee of the Board of Directors at Syracuse University and a member of the Trust Board of Children’s Hospital. Mr. Barnes received a B.S. from Syracuse University.
John Connaughton, Director. Mr. Connaughton has served as a director since February 2006. Mr. Connaughton has been a Managing Director of Bain Capital Partners, LLC since 1997 and a member of the firm since 1989. He has played a leading role in transactions in the medical, technology and media industries. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Connaughton was a consultant at Bain & Company, Inc., where he worked in the consumer products and business services industries. Mr. Connaughton currently serves as a director of Hospital Corporation of America (HCA:NYSE), Warner Chilcott (WCRX-NASDAQ), Quintiles Transnational Corp, Air Medical Holdings, Inc., Sungard Data Systems, Clear Channel Communications Inc. and The Boston Celtics. He also volunteers for a variety of charitable organizations, serving as a member of Children’s Hospital Board of Overseers, The Berklee College of Music Board of Trustees and UVa McIntire Foundation Board of Trustees. Mr. Connaughton received a B.S. in commerce from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
Chris Gordon, Director. Mr. Gordon has served as director since February 2006. Mr. Gordon is a managing director of Bain Capital and joined the firm in 1997. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Gordon was a consultant at Bain & Company, Inc. and currently serves as a director of Hospital Corporation of America (HCA:NYSE), Accellent, Inc., Quintiles Transnational Corporation, Physio Control and Air Medical Holdings, Inc. He is also a founding Director of the Healthcare Private Equity Association. Mr. Gordon also volunteers for a variety of charitable organizations, currently serving on the Children’s Hospital Board of Overseers. Mr. Gordon received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School where he was a Baker Scholar and graduated magna cum laude with an A.B. in economics from Harvard College.
Dr. Barry W. Karlin, Director. Dr. Karlin has served as a member of the board of directors since January 2002. From January 2002 to December 2010, Dr. Karlin served as our chief executive officer and from January 2002 to February 2011, Dr. Karlin served as chairman of the Board of Directors. From January 2002 to June 2003, Dr. Karlin also served as our secretary, treasurer and chief financial officer. Before our formation in January 2002, Dr. Karlin was the chairman and chief executive officer of eGetgoing, Inc. and CRC Health Corporation from May 2000 and November 2000, respectively, to January 2002. Dr. Karlin also served as chairman and chief executive officer of CRC Recovery, Inc., the general partner of The Camp Recovery Centers, L.P. from July 1995 to January 2001. From 1990 to 1995, Dr. Karlin provided strategic consulting services to Fortune 100 companies. venture capital forms and various small businesses. From 1984 to 1990, Dr. Karlin served as chairman and chief executive officer of Navigation Technologies, Inc., a provider of maps for vehicle navigation. Dr. Karlin began his career as a strategy management consultant in 1981, first with Strategic Decisions Group and subsequently with Decision Processes, Inc. Dr. Karlin holds Ph.D. and M.S. degrees from Stanford University in the department of engineering economic systems, specializing in decision analysis, and a B.S. in electrical engineering from University of Witwatersrand in South Africa.
General Barry R. McCaffrey (ret), Director. General McCaffrey has served as a director since August 2002. From March 2001 to the present, General McCaffrey has served as president of BR McCaffrey Associates LLC, an international consulting firm. General McCaffrey served as the Director of the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy from March 1996 to March 2001, and as the Bradley Distinguished Professor of National Security Studies at the U.S. Military Academy from March 2001 to June 2005. General McCaffrey has also served as a military analyst for NBC News since September 2001. During his time at the White House, General McCaffrey was a member of both the President’s Cabinet and the National Security Council for drug-related issues. General McCaffrey serves on the board of directors of the National Association of Drug Court Professionals. General McCaffrey graduated from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point. He holds an M.A. in civil government from American University and attended the Harvard University National Security Program as well as the Business School Executive Education Program.
85
Table of Contents
Code of Conduct
The CRC Health Corporation Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is our code of ethics applicable to all employees, including all officers and directors with regard to company related activities. The code incorporates our policy to conduct our business affairs honestly and in an ethical manner. It also incorporates our expectations of all employees to provide accurate and timely disclosures in our filings with the SEC. A copy of our code is available on our website atwww.crchealth.com under “About Us>Investors>Code of Conduct.” We will post any amendments to our code, or waivers of the code for our executive officers, on our website atwww.crchealth.com.
We also maintain a Compliance Manual and Code of Conduct that focuses on our responsibilities to our patients and the high standards of ethics that we require from all employees. This Code of Conduct is compliant with the requirements of our accrediting bodies.
Section 16(a) Compliance
There is no established public trading market for our common stock. We are a wholly owned subsidiary of CRC Health Group, Inc., which holds all of our outstanding common stock. CRC Health Group, Inc. is a privately held corporation.
Audit Committee
The audit committee selects the independent auditors, reviews the independence of such auditors, approves the scope of the annual audit activities of the independent auditors, approves the audit fee payable to the independent auditors and reviews results of the annual audit with the independent auditors. The audit committee is currently composed of Steven Barnes and Chris Gordon. Chris Gordon serves as our “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d) (5) of Regulation S-K.
ITEM 11. | Executive Compensation |
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This section discusses the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions. In this section, we address the members and role of our compensation committee, our compensation setting process, our compensation philosophy and policies regarding executive compensation, the components of our executive compensation program and our compensation decisions for 2011. We address the compensation paid or awarded during 2011 to our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers in fiscal year 2011. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.
On February 6, 2006, we were acquired by investments funds managed by Bain Capital (the “Bain Merger”). We refer to Bain Capital Partners as our “Sponsor.” As discussed in more detail below, various aspects of the compensation of our named executive officers was negotiated and determined at the time of the Bain Merger. There is no established public trading market for our common stock. We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of CRC Health Group, Inc. which holds all of our outstanding common stock. CRC Health Group, Inc. is a privately held corporation. Our parent company’s outstanding capital stock consists of Class A common stock and Class L common stock. All references to options herein refer to options to purchase Class A common stock and Class L common stock of our parent company.
The Compensation Committee and Compensation Setting Practice
The compensation committee operates under a written charter adopted by our Board of Directors and has responsibility for discharging the responsibilities of the Board of Directors relating to the compensation of our executive officers and related duties. Compensation decisions are designed to promote our fundamental business objectives and strategy and align the interests of management with the interests of our stakeholders. Our chief executive officer works with senior management to evaluate employee performance, establish business performance targets and objectives and recommend salary levels and then presents cash and equity compensation recommendations to the Compensation Committee for its consideration and approval. We have not engaged a compensation consultant or benchmarked our compensation against other companies to date but may consider doing so in the future. The Compensation Committee reviews these proposals and makes all final compensation decisions for the executive officers by exercising its discretion in accepting, modifying or rejecting any management recommendations.
The Board of Directors created a compensation committee in January 2007. The current members of the compensation committee are John Connaughton, Steven Barnes and Chris Gordon.
86
Table of Contents
Our Compensation Philosophy
Compensation decisions are designed to promote our fundamental business objectives and strategy and align the interests of management with the interests of our stakeholders. We believe that compensation should focus management on achieving strong short-term (annual) performance in a manner that supports and ensures our long-term success and profitability. We also believe that pay should be directly linked to performance and that pay should be at competitive levels necessary to attract and retain exceptional leadership talent. This philosophy has guided many compensation related decisions:
• | A substantial portion of executive officer compensation is contingent on achievement of objective corporate, division and individual performance objectives. |
• | Our annual incentive bonus program and equity incentive bonus program emphasize performance-based compensation that promotes the achievement of short-term and long-term business objectives which are aligned with our long term strategic plan. |
• | Total compensation is higher for individuals with greater responsibility and greater ability to influence our achievement of targeted results and strategy; further, as position and responsibility increases, a greater portion of the executive officer’s total compensation is performance based pay and equity based pay, making a significant portion of their total compensation dependent on the achievement of performance objectives. |
Components of Executive Compensation Plan
In 2011, the principal elements of annual compensation for our named executive officers consisted of base salary and performance based incentive bonuses, long term equity incentive compensation and benefits.
Base Salary. Base pay is a critical element of executive compensation because it provides executives with a base level of monthly income. In determining base salaries, we consider the executive’s qualification and experience, scope of responsibilities and future potential, the goals and objectives established for the executive, the executive’s past performance and competitive salary practices. Further, for our most senior executives, we establish base salaries at a level so that a significant portion of the total compensation that such executives can earn is performance based pay. Mr. Andrew Eckert’s base salary was determined in his employment agreement which was negotiated at the time of his hiring. For all of our other named executive officers, base salary increases are at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. Base salary is reviewed annually at the beginning of the year and any increases are based on our overall performance and the executive’s individual performance during the preceding year. At its March 2012 meeting, the Compensation Committee reviewed recommendations for salary adjustments for all executive officers. Base salaries for our named executive officers will increase in 2012 between 0% to 2%.
2011 Incentive Bonus Plan. Our 2011 Incentive Bonus Plan is designed to reward our employees for the achievement of 2010 EBITDA goals related to the business. EBITDA represents actual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and certain other adjustments as set forth in the Plan. The bonus payment for our Chief Executive Officer was governed by his employment agreement and was wholly dependent on the achievement of certain EBITDA targets. Pursuant to his employment agreement, our target annual incentive bonus for our Chief Executive Officer is 100% of his base salary in the event that our actual EBITDA is 100% of our budgeted EBITDA; he may earn an annual incentive bonus of up to a maximum 150% of his base salary in the event that our actual EBITDA is 110% of our budgeted EBITDA but also may earn nothing in the event that financial milestones are not achieved. The bonus plan for LeAnne Stewart, Jerome Rhodes, Philip Herschman and Pamela Burke is based on our overall achievement of our EBITDA targets (target bonus assumes our actual EBITDA is 100% of budgeted EBITDA and the maximum bonus assumes that our actual EBITDA is 110% or greater than budgeted EBITDA), EBITDA margin and individual contributions. These officers have a target annual incentive bonus of between 35% and 50% of base salary; they may earn a maximum annual incentive bonus of up to 52.5% to 75% of base salary but may also earn nothing in the event our financial milestones are not achieved. The bonus is paid after completion of our annual audit and the officer must be an employee at such time to receive a bonus payment.
If our actual EBITDA is less than 95% of our budgeted EBITDA, then the bonus pool is zero provided that the Compensation Committee may authorize bonuses in their sole discretion. In the event that our actual EBITDA for the year is less than 100% of our budgeted EBITDA but greater than 95% then the bonus pool may be prorated. If our actual EBITDA is greater than 100%, the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may increase the bonus pool amount by up to 50% of the base bonus pool and employees would be eligible to earn an additional bonus. Ultimately, all bonus payment amounts are in the discretion of the Compensation Committee. Consistent with our focus on pay for performance, additional amounts can be earned when actual EBITDA exceeds our budgeted EBITDA. Actual EBITDA was less than 95% of budgeted EBITDA. The bonus amounts were in the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determined that discretionary bonuses would be provided to reward and provide future motivation for employees who had achieved or partially achieved their goals and for individual performance. The Compensation Committee approved an aggregate year-end bonus pool of $1,672,000 (excluding special retention bonuses, sales commissions etc.).
87
Table of Contents
Equity Based Compensation. We believe that equity compensation is a critical tool in aligning the interests of our stockholders and executive officers in building share value and in retaining key executives. We have designed an equity plan that promotes the achievement of both short-term and long-term business objectives which are aligned with our strategic plan. We have elected to use stock options as the equity compensation vehicle.
Upon consummation of the Bain Merger, our parent company established the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan and the 2006 Management Incentive Plan. Options issued pursuant to the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan vest based, in part, on the passage of time
and in part on the achievement of performance objectives. At the time of the Bain Merger, state securities laws restricted our use of performance based option plans. As a result, our parent company adopted the 2006 Management Incentive Plan pursuant to which options vest over a five year period. In 2007, the state securities laws were amended to allow for broader use of performance based plans. Our parent company established the 2007 Incentive Plan in September 2007. This plan is identical to our 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. These plans provide for the granting of either incentive stock options or nonincentive stock options to our key employees, directors, consultants and advisors. In determining the number of options to be granted to employees, we take into account the individual’s position, scope of responsibility, ability to affect profits and shareholder value and the individual’s historic and recent performance and the value of the stock options in relation to other elements of total compensation. All of our executive officers and generally any employee with profit and loss responsibility received options under the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. All current options are granted under the 2007 Incentive Plan. Each option is an option to purchase a unit which consists of nine shares of Class A Stock and one share of Class L Stock. The options are exercisable only for whole units and cannot be separately exercised for the individual classes of stock. The grant date of the stock options is always the date of approval of the grants.
All stock options under our plans have the following features: the term of grant does not exceed 10 years, the grant price is not less than the fair market value on the date of grant, repricing of options is prohibited, unless approved by the shareholders, vesting is generally over a five year period and options generally will remain exercisable for three months following the participant’s termination of service other than for cause, except that if service terminates as a result of the participant’s death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for twelve months, but in any event not beyond the expiration of its term. In general, options granted under the Executive Plan and 2007 Incentive Plan vest and become exercisable at the rate of 10% on the one year anniversary of the date of grant and 5% on each six-month anniversary thereafter until 50% of the options granted are vested. An additional 25% shall vest upon our stock price reaching a certain level during a sale event or at certain times after an initial public offering. An additional 25% shall vest over a five year time horizon upon our EBITDA reaching certain levels or in the event that our stock price reaches a certain level during a sale event or at certain times after an initial public offering. In general, options granted under the Management Plan vest and become exercisable at the rate of 20% on the one year anniversary of the date of grant and 10% on each six-month anniversary thereafter until 100% of the options granted are vested. In 2010 in conjunction with the hiring of our new chief executive officer, the Company approved a new form of senior executive option agreement for options granted to senior executives pursuant to the 2007 Incentive Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the senior executive option agreement, options vest and become exercisable at the rate of 10% on the one year anniversary of the date of grant and 5% on each six-month anniversary thereafter until 50% of the options granted are vested. An additional 50% shall vest upon the realization by the Company’s investors of cash proceeds between $135 and $270 per Unit. The options will be granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant.
Our parent company does not have a formal policy requiring stock ownership by management. However, our senior executives that were present at the time of the Bain Merger, have committed significant personal capital to CRC. In connection with the closing of the Bain Merger and the acquisition of Aspen Education Group, and pursuant to a rollover and subscription agreement, certain members of our management, including all of the named executive officers that were present at the time of the Bain Merger, converted options to purchase stock of our predecessor company into options to purchase stock of Holdings.
Other Compensation Information. We provide employees, including our named executive officers, with a variety of other benefits, including medical, dental and vision plans, life insurance and holidays and vacation. These benefits are generally provided to employees on a company-wide basis. We do not offer any retirement plans to our directors or executive officers, other than the 401(k) plan generally available to employees. Prior to 2009, for our 401(k) plan, we matched, in cash, a portion of an employee’s contribution. In February 2009, we amended the terms of our 401(k) plan to eliminate any company match to amounts contributed by employees to their 401(k) plans.
Accounting and Tax Implications
The accounting and tax treatment of particular forms of compensation do not materially affect the Compensation Committee’s compensation decisions. However, we evaluate the effect of such accounting and tax treatment on an ongoing basis and will make appropriate modifications to compensation policies where appropriate.
Compensation Committee Report
The following report of the Compensation Committee is included in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. It is not incorporated by reference into any of our registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
88
Table of Contents
Compensation Committee Report
The Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) with management. Based upon the review and discussions, the Committee recommended to the Board of Directors, and the Board approved, that the CD&A be included in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Respectfully submitted on March 30, 2012 by the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
John Connaughton |
Steven Barnes |
Chris Gordon |
89
Table of Contents
Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes the compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers, whom we refer to as our “named executive officers,” for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. As of the date of this filing, Mr. Hudak and Mr. Hogge had resigned from their respective positions at the Company.
Name and Principal Position | Year | Salary ($)(1) | Bonus ($) | Stock Awards | Option Awards ($)(2) | Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation | Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings | All other Compensation ($) | Total ($) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
R. Andrew Eckert | 2011 | 650,000 | — | — | 3,297,000 | (2) | — | — | 337,510 | (6) | 4,284,510 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Executive Officer | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LeAnne M. Stewart | 2011 | 300,000 | — | — | 499,000 | (2) | 75,000 | (3) | — | 25,030 | (7) | 899,030 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Financial Officer | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Philip L. Herschman | 2011 | 307,968 | — | — | 125,000 | (2) | 25,000 | (3) | — | 72 | (8) | 458,040 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Clinical Officer | 2010 | 301,930 | — | — | — | 40,000 | (4) | — | 72 | (9) | 342,002 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2009 | 307,395 | — | — | — | 80,000 | (5) | — | 2,867 | (10) | 390,262 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jerome E. Rhodes | 2011 | 350,000 | — | — | 251,000 | (2) | — | — | 72 | (11) | 601,072 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Operating Officer |
| 2010 2009 |
|
| 301,930 307,395 |
| | — | |
| — — |
|
| — — |
|
| 125,000 110,000 | (4) (5) |
| — — |
|
| 10,472 11,771 | (12) (13) |
| 437,402 429,166 |
| |||||||||
Pamela B. Burke | 2011 | 275,000 | 125,000 | (2) | 25,000 | — | 14,890 | (14) | 439,890 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SVP, HR and Law; General Counsel and Secretary |
| 2010 2009 |
|
| 250,000 237,952 |
|
| — — |
|
| — — |
|
| 120,525 — | (2)
|
| 40,000 43,000 |
|
| — — |
|
| 11,949 16,771 | (14) (14) |
| 422,474 297,723 |
| |||||||||
Kevin Hogge* | 2011 | 301,930 | — | — | — | — | — | 3,190 | (15) | 364,279 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Treasurer |
| 2010 2009 |
|
| 301,930 307,395 |
|
| — — |
|
| — — |
|
| — — |
|
| 56,000 75,000 | (3) (4) |
| — — |
|
| 6,349 6,127 | (15) (16) |
| 364,279 388,522 |
| |||||||||
Gary Campanella* Interim Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Treasurer |
| 2011 2010 2009 |
|
| 192,474 188,700 185,000 |
|
| — — — |
|
| — — — |
|
| — 20,500 24,105 |
|
| — 28,795 32,000 |
|
| — — — |
|
| 6,688 5,137 2,746 | (15) (15) (15) |
| 199,162 243,132 243,851 |
|
90
Table of Contents
* | Mr. Hogge served as the Company’s CFO from January 1, 2011 until April 1, 2011. Mr. Campanella served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from April 1, 2011 to July 4, 2011 |
(1) | The numbers listed above for calendar year 2009 reflect a payroll cycle attributable to 2008 but paid in 2009. |
(2) | The amounts included in this column reflect the compensation costs associated with stock option awards recognized as expense in our financial statements in accordance with SFAS 123(R). Under SFAS 123(R), the full grant date fair value of the option awards is recognized over a five year period. For a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation, please see Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. |
(3) | 2011 annual incentive bonus was paid in March 2012. Bonuses paid pursuant to the 2011 Incentive Bonus Plan are accrued in the year earned and paid in the following year. The bonus payment to Ms. Stewart was a guaranteed bonus payment pursuant to her offer letter. |
(4) | 2010 annual incentive bonus paid in April 2011. Bonuses paid pursuant to the 2010 Incentive Bonus Plan are accrued in the year earned and paid in the following year. |
(5) | 2009 annual incentive bonus paid in February 2010. Bonuses paid pursuant to the 2009 Incentive Bonus Plan are accrued in the year earned and paid in the following year. |
(6) | Represents $12,509 in medical, dental, vision and life insurance contributions and $325,000 sign-on bonus pursuant to the Employment Agreement. |
(7) | Represents $30 for in life insurance contributions and a $25,000 sign-on bonus pursuant to Ms. Stewart’s offer letter. |
(8) | Represents $72 in life insurance contributions in 2011. |
(9) | Represents $72 in life insurance contributions in 2010. |
(10) | Represents $88 in life insurance contributions in 2009 and $2,779 in company contributions pursuant to our 401(k) Plan. |
(11) | Represents $72 in life insurance contributions in 2011. |
(12) | Represents $10,400 in car allowance during 2010, $72 in life insurance contributions for 2010. |
(13) | Represents $10,800 in car allowance during 2009, $88 in life insurance contributions and $883 in company contributions pursuant to our 401(k) Plan for 2009. |
(14) | Represents medical, dental, vision and life insurance contributions. |
(15) | Represents medical, dental, vision and life insurance contributions. |
(16) | Represents $5,273 in medical, dental, vision and life insurance contributions and $854 in company contributions pursuant to our 401(k) Plan for 2009. |
91
Table of Contents
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011
The following table contains information concerning grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during 2011:
All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#) | All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) | Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh) | Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1) | Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards (2) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name | Grant Date(2) | Threshold ($) | Target ($) | Maximum ($) | Threshold (#) | Target (#) | Maximum (#) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
R. Andrew Eckert | 1/1/11 | 0 | 650,000 | 975,000 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LeAnne M. Stewart | 7/5/11 | 0 | 150,000 | 225,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Philip Herschman | 1/1/11 | 0 | 153,984 | 230,976 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jerome Rhodes | 1/1/11 | 0 | 175,000 | 262,500 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pamela Burke | 1/1/11 | 0 | 96,250 | 144,375 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Kevin Hogge* | 1/1/11 | 0 | 150,965 | 226,447 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gary Campanella* | 1/1/11 | 0 | 48,118 | 72,177 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
NOTES TO TABLE:
* | Mr. Hogge served as the Company’s CFO from January 1, 2011 until April 1, 2011. Mr. Campanella served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from April 1, 2011 to July 4, 2011. |
(1) | Amounts reflect cash awards pursuant to our 2011 Incentive Bonus Plan to which our named executive officers are eligible. Pursuant to our 2011 Incentive Bonus Plan, the amounts are based on the achievement of the EBITDA targets for the period January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011. The Target amount equals 100% of achievement of the target and the Maximum amount assumes that our actual EBITDA exceeded 110% of budgeted EBITDA. The threshold amount equals 95% of achievement of the target; provided however, that they Compensation Committee, in their discretion, may award bonuses if there is 95% or less achievement of the targets. For the year ended December 31, 2011 Actual EBITDA was less than 95% of budgeted EBITDA. Bonus amounts were in the discretion of the Compensation Committee. See the Summary Compensation Table for bonuses received by our named executive officers. |
(2) | The grant date provided is the date that the plan year began for the 2011 Incentive Bonus Plan or the date on which the individual received the Plan Based Award. |
The material terms of our stock option awards, 2011 Incentive Bonus Plan and our employment agreement with R. Andrew Eckert are described in Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2011
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the value of all unexercised options and unvested stock awards previously awarded to our named executive officers as of December 31, 2011.
92
Table of Contents
Option Awards (1) | Stock Awards | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options that are Exercisable (#) | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options that are Unexercisable (#) | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised and Unearned Options (#) | Option Exercise Price ($) | Option Expiration Date | Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) | Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
R. Andrew Eckert | 0 | (2) | 135,000 | (2) | — | 72.00 | 3/3/21 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Philip Herschman | 0 | (2) | 5,000 | (2) | 72.00 | 8/18/21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22,749 | (3)(4) | 19,764 | (3) | — | 90.00 | 2/6/16 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11,079 | (5) | — | — | 8.77 | 12/14/14 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jerome Rhodes | 0 | (2) | 10,000 | (2) | 72.00 | 8/18/21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22,749 | (3)(4) | 19,764 | (3) | — | 90.00 | 2/6/16 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11,079 | (5) | — | — | 8.77 | 12/14/14 | — | — | — | — |
93
Table of Contents
Option Awards (1) | Stock Awards | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options that are Exercisable (#) | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options that are Unexercisable (#) | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised and Unearned Options (#) | Option Exercise Price ($) | Option Expiration Date | Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) | Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) | Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LeAnne Stewart | 0 | (2) | 20,000 | (2) | — | 72.00 | 7/5/21 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pamela Burke | 0 | (2) | 5,000 | (2) | — | 72.00 | 8/18/21 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
750 | (3)(6) | 4,250 | (3) | — | 90.00 | 2/3/20 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5,112 | (3)(4) | 4,441 | (3) | — | 90.00 | 2/6/16 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,538 | (5) | — | — | 8.77 | 2/6/15 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gary Campanella* | 150 | (3)(6) | 850 | — | 72.00 | 2/3/20 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
297.5 | (3)(6) | 652.5 | — | 90.00 | 1/29/19 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2,985 | (7) | — | — | 90.00 | 2/6/16 | — | — | — | — |
NOTES TO TABLE:
* | Mr. Campanella served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from April 1, 2011 to July 4, 2011. |
(1) | All information in this table relates to nonqualified stock options. We have not granted any incentive stock options or stock appreciation rights. Each option is an option to purchase one Unit consisting of 9 shares of Class A Common Stock and one share of Class L Common Stock. |
(2) | Option issued pursuant to the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. The exercisable options include all options that have vested. All unexercisable options have not yet vested. Pursuant to Senior Executive Option Agreement issued under such plan, options vest as follows: (i) 50% of the option (the Tranche 1 Options) is time based and vests over five years with 20% vesting after one year from the initial vesting date, and 10% of the remaining balance vesting every 6 months thereafter, (ii) 50% of the option is performance based and vests based on the attainment of a certain value of the Company (the Tranche 2 Options), as discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis. |
(3) | Option issued pursuant to the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan or the 2007 Incentive Plan. The exercisable options include all options that have vested. All unexercisable options have not yet vested. Pursuant to such plan, options vest as follows: (i) 50% of the option (the Tranche 1 Options) is time based and vests over five years with 20% vesting on February 6, 2007, one year from the date of grant, and 10% of the remaining balance vesting every 6 months thereafter, (ii) 25% of the option is performance based and vests based on the attainment of a certain value of the Company (the Tranche 2 Options), as discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and (iii) the remaining 25% (the Tranche 3 Options) of the option is performance based and vests on the attainment of certain annual goals for the Company during the 5 year period beginning January 1, 2006, as discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis. |
(4) | Vested options represents 50% of the Tranche 1 Options vesting based on time and 14.04% of the Tranche 3 Options vesting based on achievement of EBITDA milestones. |
(5) | Rollover options are fully vested. To the extent that outstanding options were not cancelled in the Bain Merger, such options converted into fully vested options to purchase equity units in our parent company. Each rollover option is an option to purchase one Unit consisting of 9 shares of Class A Common Stock and 1 share of Class L Common Stock. |
(6) | Vested options represents 50% of the Tranche 1 Options vesting based on time. |
(7) | Option issues pursuant to the 2006 Management Plan. Pursuant to such plan, options vest over a five year period with 20% vesting after one year from the initial vesting date and 10% of the remaining balance vesting every 6 months thereafter. |
Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2011
The following table sets forth information about stock options exercised by the named executives in fiscal year 2011 and stock awards that vested or were paid in fiscal year 2011 to the named executives.
94
Table of Contents
Name | Option Awards Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) | Value Realized on Exercise ($) | Stock Awards Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) | Value Realized on Vesting ($) | ||||||||||||
R. Andrew Eckert | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
LeAnne M. Stewart | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Philip Herschman | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Jerome Rhodes | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Pamela B Burke | — | — | — | — |
Pension and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Benefits
None of the Named Executive Officers receive pension and nonqualified deferred compensation benefits.
95
Table of Contents
Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control
Employment Agreement
Pursuant to our employment agreement with Mr. Eckert, we will provide him with an annual base salary of at least $650,000, annual incentive bonus opportunities with a maximum of 150% of base salary and a target of 100% (subject to certain guarantees in 2011), and participation in other benefit programs. Upon termination by the employer other than for cause or resignation for good reason, as defined in the employment agreement, Mr. Eckert would be entitled to receive separation pay equal to 1 1/2 the sum of his base salary as of the date of termination plus 1.5 times the average cash bonus, along with payments over 18 months equal to the employer portion of health and dental coverage premiums on a grossed-up basis. These benefits would be increased by 6 months’ worth of payments upon termination other than for cause or resignation for good reason in the event of a termination occurring within 12 months following a change in control. Termination benefits would be subject to Mr. Eckert’s timely execution of a release that was not thereafter revoked. Mr. Eckert would also be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for a period of 18 months following the termination of his employment.
We have no employment agreements with Philip Herschman, Jerome Rhodes, LeAnne Stewart or Pamela Burke.
2011 Incentive Bonus Plan
An employee was only eligible to receive a bonus pursuant to the 2011 Annual Incentive Bonus plan if such employee was an employee of CRC or a subsidiary of CRC at the time of bonus payout in April 2012.
Stock Options
In general, option grants under the Executive Plan and 2007 Incentive Plan stipulate that in the event of a change in control of our parent company in which Bain Capital achieves liquidity, up to 100% of the options will vest; provided however, that options that did not vest in years prior to the change of control because of the failure to attain the EBITDA targets do not vest upon the change of control unless the stock price reaches $360 per unit in a change of control transaction. In general, option grants under the Management Plan stipulate that in the event of a change in control of our parent company in which Bain Capital achieves liquidity, up to 100% of the options will vest. In the event of a change of control in which Bain Capital does not achieve liquidation, options issued to our executive officers will fully vest in the event that there is a termination or constructive termination of employment of the executive within 12 months after the change in control.
The successor entity may assume or continue in effect options outstanding under the Executive Plan or Management Plan or substitute substantially equivalent options for the successor’s stock. Any options which are not assumed or continued in connection with a change in control or exercised prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. The Executive Plan and Management Plan also authorize the administrator to treat as satisfied any vesting condition in the event of a change of control.
96
Table of Contents
Restrictions Upon Termination or a Change of Control
During the course of employment and for a period of 18 months following the end of employment, Mr. Eckert may not participate in any other chemical or alcohol dependency business or any behavioral health business in a field in which we have plans to become engaged. For the same period, Mr. Eckert may also not solicit any of our employees, customers, referral sources or suppliers.
For a period of 18 months following the end of Dr. Karlin serving as a member of our Board of DIrectors, Dr. Karlin may not participate in any other chemical or alcohol dependency business or any behavioral health business in a field in which we have plans to become engaged. For the same period, Dr. Karlin may also not solicit any of our employees, customers, referral sources or suppliers.
Director Compensation
None of our directors except General Barry McCaffrey received compensation for serving as a director. The members of our board of directors are not separately compensated for their services as directors, other than reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services.
The following table contains compensation received by General Barry McCaffrey during the year ended December 31, 2011 for serving as a director of, and providing consulting services to, CRC and Holdings.
Name | Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) | Stock Awards ($) | Option Awards ($) | Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) | Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) | All Other Compensation ($) | Total ($) | |||||||||||||||||||||
General Barry McCaffrey (1) | 120,000 | — | — | — | — | — | 120,000 |
NOTES TO TABLE:
(1) | General McCaffrey receives a salary of $10,000 per month for consulting services rendered to us. He does not receive cash payments for attendance at board meetings. |
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Our Compensation Committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Connaughton, Barnes and Gordon. Messrs. Connaughton and Barnes have not been at any time an officer or employee of CRC or an affiliate of CRC. During 2011, we had no compensation committee “interlocks” — meaning that it was not the case that an executive officer of ours served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity and an executive officer of the other entity served as a director or member of our Compensation Committee.
ITEM 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
Beneficial Ownership
All of our outstanding common stock is held by our parent company. Our parent company’s outstanding capital stock consists of Class A common shares and Class L common shares.
The table below sets forth, as of March 1, 2011, the number and percentage of shares of our parent company’s common stock beneficially owned by (i) each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock of our parent company, (ii) each of our directors, (iii) each of our named executive officers and (iv) all our directors and executive officers as a group.
Notwithstanding the beneficial ownership of common stock presented below, our stockholders agreement governs the stockholders exercise of their voting rights with respect to election of directors and certain other material events. The parties to our stockholders agreement have agreed to vote their shares to elect the board of directors as set forth therein. In addition, our stockholders agreement governs certain stockholders’ exercise of voting rights with respect to effecting a change of control transaction. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
97
Table of Contents
The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.
Except as described in the agreements mentioned above or as otherwise indicated in a footnote, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise indicated in a footnote, the address for each individual listed below is c/o CRC Health Corporation, 20400 Stevens Creek Boulevard, Suite 600, Cupertino, California 95014.
Name and Address | Shares of Class A Common Stock | Percent of Class A Common Stock | Shares of Class L Common Stock | Percent of Class L Common Stock | ||||||||||||
Bain Capital Partners VIII, L.P. and Related Funds(1) | 32,547,498 | 94.5 | % | 3,616,388 | 94.5 | % | ||||||||||
R. Andrew Eckert(2) | 121,500 | * | 13,500 | * | ||||||||||||
Dr. Barry W. Karlin(3) | 1,092,257 | 3 | % | 121,362 | 3 | % | ||||||||||
LeAnne Stewart | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Philip L. Herschman(4) | 304,471 | * | 33,830 | * | ||||||||||||
Jerome E. Rhodes(5) | 304,471 | * | 33,830 | * | ||||||||||||
Pamela Burke(6) | 68,861 | * | 7,651 | * | ||||||||||||
Barry R. McCaffrey(7) | 7,189 | * | 798 | * | ||||||||||||
Steven Barnes(8) | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
John Connaughton(8) | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Chris Gordon(8) | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
All directors and executive officers as a group | 1,898,750 | 5.5 | % | 210,972 | 5.5 | % |
* | indicates less than 1% of common stock |
(1) | Represents shares owned by the following groups of investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC: (i) 27,861,389.88 shares of Class A common stock and 3,095,709.94 shares of Class L common stock owned by Bain Capital Fund VIII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BCF VIII”), whose sole member is Bain Capital Fund VIII, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“BCF VIII Cayman”), whose sole general partner is Bain Capital Partners VIII, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“BCP VIII”), whose sole general partner is Bain Capital Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BCI”); (ii) 3,666,862.04 shares of Class A common stock and 407,429.12 shares of Class L common stock owned by Bain Capital VIII Coinvestment Fund, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BC VIII Coinvest”), whose sole member is Bain Capital VIII Coinvestment Fund, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“BC VIII Coinvest Cayman”), whose sole general partner is BCP VIII; (iii) 10,287.59 shares of Class A common stock and 1,143.08 shares of Class L common stock owned by BCIP Associates-G (“BCIP-G”), whose managing partner is BCI; (iv) 787,645.94 shares of Class A common stock and 69,256.98 shares of Class L common stock owned by BCIP Associates III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BCIP IIP”), whose sole member is BCIP Associates III, a Cayman Islands partnership (“BCIP III Cayman”), whose managing partner is BCI; (v) 118,584 shares of Class A common stock and 31,435.32 shares of Class L common stock owned by BCIP T Associates III, LLC a Delaware limited liability company (“BCIP T III”), whose sole member is BCIP Trust Associates III, a Cayman Islands partnership (“BCIP T III Cayman”), whose managing partner is BCI; (vi) 65,975.32 shares of Class A common stock and 9,482.95 shares of Class L common stock owned by BCIP Associates III-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BCIP III-B”), whose sole member is BCIP Associates III-B, a Cayman Islands partnership (“BCIP III-B Cayman”), whose managing partner is BCI and (vii) 36,754 shares of Class A common stock and 1,931.37 shares of Class L common stock owned by BCIP T Associates III-B, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BCIP T III-B” and together with BCF VIII, BC VIII Coinvest, BCIP-G, BCIP III, BCIP T III and BCIP III-B, the “Bain Funds”), whose sole member is BCIP Trust Associates III-B, a Cayman Islands partnership (“BCIP T III-B Cayman”), whose sole general partner is BCI. |
98
Table of Contents
BCF VIII Cayman, BCP VIII and BCI, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by BCF VIII. BCF VIII Cayman, BCP VIII and BCI disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
BCF VIII Coinvest Cayman, BCP VIII and BCI, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by BCP VIII Coinvest. BCF VIII Coinvest Cayman, BCP VIII and BCI disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
BCI, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by BCIP-G. BCI disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
BCIP III Cayman and BCI, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by BCIP III. BCIP III Cayman and BCI disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
BCIP T III Cayman and BCI, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by BCIP T III. BCIP T III Cayman and BCI disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
BCIP III-B Cayman and BCI, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by BCIP III-B. BCIP III-B Cayman and BCI disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
BCIP T III-B Cayman and BCI, by virtue of the relationships described above, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by BCIP T III-B. BCIP T II1-B Cayman and BCI disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
(2) | Represents options to purchase 13,500 Units consisting of 121,500 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days and 13,500 shares of Class L common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days. |
(3) | Represents options to purchase 121,362 Units consisting of 1,092,257 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days and 121,362 shares of Class L common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days. |
(4) | Represents options to purchase 33,830 Units consisting of 304,471 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days and 33,830 shares of Class L common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days. |
(5) | Represents options to purchase 33,830 Units consisting of 304,471 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days and 33,830 shares of Class L common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days. |
(6) | Represents options to purchase 7,651 Units consisting of 68,861 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days and 7,651 shares of Class L common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days. |
(7) | Represents options to purchase 798 Units consisting of 7,189 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days and 798 shares of Class L common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days. |
(8) | Mr. Barnes, Mr. Connaughton and Mr. Gordon are each a managing director of Bain Capital Partners, LLC. They disclaim any beneficial ownership of any shares beneficially owned by any entity affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC in which they do not have a pecuniary interest. Mr. Barnes, Mr. Connaughton and Mr. Gordon each have an address c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199. |
99
Table of Contents
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table summarizes the securities authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2011 under our 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, our 2006 Management Incentive Plan, and our 2007 Incentive Plan, the number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class L common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, the weighted average exercise price of such options and the number of additional shares of our common stock still authorized for issuance under such plans. Each of the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, our 2006 Management Incentive Plan and our 2007 Incentive Plan have been approved by our shareholders.
(a) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights | (b) Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights | (c) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Plan Category | Class A common stock | Class L common stock | Class A common stock | Class L common stock | Class A common stock | Class L common stock | ||||||||||||||||||
2006 Executive Incentive Plan | 3,146,593 | (1) | 349,622 | (1) | $ | 0.88 | $ | 71.02 | — | (2) | — | (2) | ||||||||||||
2006 Management Incentive Plan | 214,529 | 23,837 | $ | 1.34 | $ | 89.87 | — | (2) | — | (2) | ||||||||||||||
2007 Incentive Plan | 2,727,287 | 302,972 | $ | 0.50 | $ | 71.28 | — | (2) | — | (2) | ||||||||||||||
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders | — | — | — | — | — | — |
(1) | This amount consists of 878,136 shares of Class A common stock and 97,571 shares of Class L common stock that were issued in connection with rolled over options at the time of the Bain Merger and Aspen Acquisition. It also includes 2,268,458 shares of Class A common stock and 252,051 shares of Class L common stock issued pursuant to the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. |
(2) | The number of securities remaining available for future issuance under either the 2007 Incentive Plan, the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan or the 2006 Management Incentive Plan is an aggregate of 523,780 shares of Class A common stock and 58,257 shares of Class L common stock. |
ITEM 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence |
Pursuant to our Code of Conduct, all employees and directors (including our named executive officers) who have, or whose immediate family members have, any financial interests in other entities where such involvement is or may appear to cause a conflict of interest situation are required to report to us the conflict. If the conflict involves a director or executive officer or is considered material, the situation will be reviewed by the audit committee. The audit committee will determine whether a conflict exists or will exist, and if so, what action should be taken to resolve the conflict or potential conflict.
Arrangements with Our Investors
On February 6, 2006, investment funds managed by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and certain members of our management entered into a stockholders agreement related to the purchase of shares of capital stock of Holdings. The stockholders agreement contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our directors and the directors of our direct parent company, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions (including the right to approve various corporate actions), registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions) and call options. Three of our directors, Steven Barnes, John Connaughton and Chris Gordon, hold the position of managing director or principal with Bain Capital Partners, LLC.
Rollover of Certain Management Equity Interests
In connection with the closing of the Bain Merger on February 6, 2006, and pursuant to a rollover and subscription agreement, certain members of our management converted options to purchase stock of our predecessor company into options to purchase stock of Holdings with an aggregate value of approximately $9.1 million. Dr. Barry W. Karlin, Jerome E. Rhodes, Philip L. Herschman, and Pamela B. Burke converted options with a value of $5.0 million, $0.9 million, $0.9 million and $125,000, respectively. In connection with the closing of the Aspen Acquisition on November 17, 2006 and pursuant to a rollover and subscription agreement, certain employees of Aspen Education Group, Inc. converted options to purchase stock of Aspen Education Group, Inc. into options to purchase stock of the Group.
Management Agreement
Upon the consummation of the Bain Merger, we and our parent companies entered into a management agreement with an affiliate of Bain Capital Partners, LLC pursuant to which such entity or its affiliates will provide management services. Pursuant to
100
Table of Contents
such agreement, an affiliate of Bain Capital Partners, LLC will receive an aggregate annual management fee of $2.0 million, and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses. The management agreement has a five year, evergreen term; however, in certain circumstances, such as an initial public offering or change of control of Holdings, we may terminate the management agreement and buy out our remaining obligations under the agreement to Bain Capital Partners, LLC and its affiliates. In addition, the management agreement provides that an affiliate of Bain Capital Partners, LLC may receive fees in connection with certain subsequent financing and acquisition transactions. The management agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of Bain Capital Partners, LLC and its affiliates.
Director Independence
CRC is a privately held corporation. None of our directors meet the standards for “independent directors” of a national stock exchange.
ITEM 14. | Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, Deloitte & Touche LLP, and its affiliates, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and principal accountant, billed the fees set forth below (in thousands).
Year Ended December 31, 2011 | Year Ended December 31, 2010 | |||||||
Audit Fees | $ | 2,073 | $ | 1,929 | ||||
Audit-Related Fees | — | — | ||||||
Tax Fees | — | — | ||||||
All Other Fees | — | — | ||||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Total Fees | $ | 2,073 | $ | 1,929 | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Audit Fees billed in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 represented fees for the following services: the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements, reviews of the Company’s quarterly financial statements, and other services normally provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings. |
The audit committee was formed in May 2006. All audit and non-audit services performed after such date have been pre-approved by the audit committee.
101
Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM | 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) Financial Statements
The financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under Item 8—”Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in Item 8 above.
(c) Exhibit Index
2.1 | Agreement and Plan of Merger among CRCA Holdings, Inc., CRCA Merger Corporation and CRC Health Group, Inc. dated as of October 8, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
2.1a | Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 2006, by and among Aspen Education Group, Inc., Frazier Healthcare II, L.P., as Shareholders’ Representative, Madrid Merger Corporation and CRC Health Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Form 8-K (File No. 333-135172) filed September 28, 2006) | |
3.1 | Certificate of Incorporation of CRC Health Corporation, with amendments (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
3.2 | By-Laws of CRC Health Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
4.1 | Indenture, dated as of February 6, 2006, by and among CRCA Merger Corporation, CRC Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-135172) filed June 21, 2006) | |
4.1a | First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 7, 2006, by and among CRC Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein, the New Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
4.1b | Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 28, 2006, by and among CRC Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein, the New Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2006) | |
4.1c | Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 24, 2006, by and among CRC Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein, the New Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2006) | |
4.1d | Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 17, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors, the New Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
4.1e | Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 27, 2007 among CRC Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors, the New Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2007) | |
4.1f | Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 26, 2007 among CRC Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors, the New Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2007) |
102
Table of Contents
4.1g | Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 23, 2008 among CRC Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors, the New Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-Q filed August 13, 2008) | |
4.1h | Release of Guarantee dated as of July 25, 2008 by and among US Bank National Association, as Trustee, CRC Health Corporation, Adirondack Leadership Expeditions, LLC and LoneStar Expeditions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to 4.1 of Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2008). | |
4.1i | Form of Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November , 2008 among CRC Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors, CRC Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “New Guarantor”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1H of Form 10K filed March 27, 2009). | |
4.1j | Form of Ninth Supplemental Indenture dated as of April , 2009 among CRC Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors, CRC Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “New Guarantor”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.li of Form 10Q filed May 15, 2009). | |
4.1k | Form of Tenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December , 2009 among CRC Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors, CRC Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “New Guarantor”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.lk of Form 10K filed March 24, 2010). | |
4.2 | Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2006, by and among CRCA Merger Corporation, CRC Health Corporation, the Guarantors named therein and the Initial Purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-135172) filed June 21, 2006) | |
4.3 | Form of 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (contained in Exhibit 4.1) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-135172) filed June 21, 2006) | |
10.1 | Credit Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2006, by and among CRC Health Group, Inc. (to be renamed CRC Health Corporation), CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., Citibank, N.A., the other lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse as co-documentation agents and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. as co-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
10.1a | Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2006 among CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., CRC Health Corporation and Citibank, N.A. in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
10.1b | AMENDMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 17, 2006 among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors, as defined therein, and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, and the lenders party hereto and under the Credit Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.1c | AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) entered into as of November 17, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan, Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as documentation agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.1d | AMENDMENT NO. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of April 16, 2007, among CRC HEALTH GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), CRC HEALTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2007) | |
10.1e | Second Amendment Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2011 among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the lenders and as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, and the lenders party hereto and under the Credit Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 (as amended and restated as of November 17, 2006) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1e of Form 10-K filed March 30, 2011) |
103
Table of Contents
10.1f | SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as January 20, 2011, among CRC Health Corporation, CRC Health Group Inc., Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, the other lenders party hereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Second Restatement Arrangers, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, G.E. Capital Markets, Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as joint bookrunners. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1f of Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2011). | |
10.1g | Third Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2012, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2012). | |
10.1h | THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as March 7, 2012, among CRC Health Corporation, CRC Health Group Inc., Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, the other lenders party hereto. | |
10.2 | Security Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2006, between CRC Health Group, Inc. (to be renamed CRC Health Corporation), CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., the Subsidiaries identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
10.2a | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 dated as of June 22, 2006, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties as defined therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.li of Form 10K filed April 2, 2007). | |
10.2b | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 dated as of June 22, 2006, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties as defined therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.2c | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 3 dated as of September 27, 2006, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/ CRCA Holdings, Inc.) and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties as defined therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.2d | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 4 dated as of October 18, 2006, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/ CRCA Holdings, Inc.) and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties as defined therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.2e | SUPPLEMENT NO. 5 dated as of November 17, 2006, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/ CRCA Holdings, Inc.), and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as collateral Agent for the Secured Parties, as defined therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.2f | SUPPLEMENT NO. 6 dated as of April 27, 2007, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/CRCA Holdings, Inc.), and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as collateral Agent for the Secured Parties, as defined therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2007) | |
10.2g | SUPPLEMENT NO. 7 dated as of July 26, 2007, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/CRCA Holdings, Inc.), and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as collateral Agent for the Secured Parties, as defined therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2007) | |
10.2h | SUPPLEMENT NO. 8 dated as of May 23, 2008, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/CRCA Holdings, Inc.), and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as collateral Agent for the Secured Parties, as defined therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed August 13, 2008) | |
10.2i | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 9 dated as of November , 2008, to the Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006 among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/ CRCA Holdings, Inc.), and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as collateral Agent for the Secured Parties, as defined therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2i of Form 10K filed March 27, 2009) |
104
Table of Contents
10.2j | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 10 dated as of April 27, 2009 to the Security Agreement among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/ CRCA Holdings, Inc.), and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as collateral Agent for the Secured Parties, as defined therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2j of Form 10Q filed May 15, 2009) | |
10.2k | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 11 dated as of December , 2009 to the Security Agreement among CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a/ CRCA Holdings, Inc.), and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as collateral Agent for the Secured Parties, as defined therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.lk of Form 10K filed March 24, 2010). | |
10.3 | Guarantee Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc. (to be renamed CRC Health Corporation), CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., the Subsidiaries named therein and Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
10.3a | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 dated as of June 22, 2006, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.3b | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 dated as of June 22, 2006, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.3c | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 3 dated as of September 27, 2006, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.3d | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 4 dated as of October 18, 2006, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.3e | SUPPLEMENT NO. 5 dated as of November 17, 2006, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as defined herein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007) | |
10.3f | SUPPLEMENT NO. 6 dated as of April 27, 2007, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as defined herein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2007) | |
10.3g | SUPPLEMENT NO. 7 dated as of July 26, 2007, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as defined herein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2007) | |
10.3h | SUPPLEMENT NO. 8 dated as of May 23, 2008, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as defined herein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed August 13, 2008) | |
10.3i | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 9 dated as of November , 2008, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as defined herein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3i of Form 10-Q filed August 13, 2008). | |
10.3i | Release of Guarantee and Collateral Dated as of July 25, 2008 by and among Citibank, NA, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, CRC Health Corporation, Adirondack Leadership Expeditions, LLC and LoneStar Expeditions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3i of Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2008). | |
10.3j | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 10 dated as of April 27, 2009, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as defined herein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2007) | |
10.3k | Form of SUPPLEMENT NO. 11 dated as of December , 2009, to the Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, among CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as defined herein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.lk of Form 10K filed March 24, 2010). |
105
Table of Contents
10.4 | Management Agreement dated as of February 6, 2006, by and among CRCA Holdings, Inc. (to be renamed CRC Health Group, Inc.), CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., CRCA Merger Corporation and Bain Capital Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
10.5 | Employment Agreement between Dr. Barry W. Karlin, CRC Health Group, Inc. and CRC Health Corporation, dated February 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.5a | Letter Agreement dated July 30, 2010 by and between Dr. Barry W. Karlin, CRC Health Group, Inc. and CRC Health Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of Form 8-K filed August 5, 2010). | |
10.6 | Stockholders Agreement among CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a CRCA Holdings, Inc.), CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), the Investors, Other Investors, and Managers named therein, dated as of February 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006) | |
10.6a | Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among CRC Health Group, Inc. (f/k/a CRCA Holdings, Inc.), CRC Intermediate Holdings, Inc., CRC Health Corporation (f/k/a CRC Health Group, Inc.), the Investors, Other Investors, and Managers named therein, dated as of February 6, 2006 and as amended and restated on August 13, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6a of Form 10-K filed March 27, 2009). | |
10.7 | Form of Executive Letter Agreement re: Fair Market Value Determination of Shares dated February 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.8 | 2006 Executive Incentive Plan of CRC Health Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.8a | 2006 Executive Incentive Plan of CRC Health Group, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007)* | |
10.9 | 2006 Management Incentive Plan of CRC Health Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.9a | 2006 Management Incentive Plan of CRC Health Group, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007)* | |
10.10 | Form of Senior Executive Option Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.10a | Form of 2007 Senior Executive Option Certificate, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007)* | |
10.11 | Form of Executive Option Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.11a | Form of 2007 Executive Option Certificate, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007)* | |
10.11b | Form of Amended and Restated 2007 Executive Option Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2007)* | |
10.11c | Form of Amended and Restated Executive Option Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2007)* | |
10.12 | Form of Management Time Vesting Option Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.13 | Form of Substitute Option Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.14 | Rollover and Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2006, between CRCA Holdings, Inc. and the investors in CRC Health Group, Inc. listed therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Form S-4 (File No. 333-1351712) filed June 21, 2006)* | |
10.15 | EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of February 1, 2004, between Aspen Education Group, Inc. and Elliot A. Sainer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007)* | |
10.16 | FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 17, 2006, made and entered into by and between Aspen Education Group, Inc. and Elliot A Sainer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007)* |
106
Table of Contents
10.17 | 2007 Incentive Plan of CRC Health Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2007)* | |
10.18 | Form of 2007 Incentive Plan Option Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2007)* | |
10.18a | Form of 2008 Incentive Plan Option Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18a of form 10K filed April 7, 2008) | |
10.19 | Agreement dated as of September 20, 2007 between Elliot A. Sainer, CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation and Aspen Education Group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2007)* | |
10.20 | Employment Agreement dated December 13, 2010 by and between CRC Health Group, Inc., CRC Health Corporation and R. Andrew Eckert (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2011).* | |
10.21 | Form of 2010 Senior Executive Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2011).* | |
12 | Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges‡ | |
21 | Subsidiaries of CRC Health Corporation‡ | |
31.1 | Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer‡ | |
31.2 | Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer‡ | |
32.1 | Section 1350 Certification of Principal Executive Officer† | |
32.2 | Section 1350 Certification of Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer† | |
101.INS | XBRL Instance Document † | |
101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema † | |
101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase † | |
101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase† | |
101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase † | |
101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase † |
‡ | Filed herewith. |
† | Furnished herewith. |
* | Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
Date: March 30, 2012
CRC HEALTH CORPORATION (Registrant) | ||
By | /S/ LEANNE M. STEWART | |
LeAnne M. Stewart, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and duly authorized signatory) |
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2012
107
Table of Contents
Signature | Title | |
Principal Executive Officer: | ||
/s/ R. ANDREW ECKERT R. Andrew Eckert | Chief Executive Officer | |
/s/ LEANNE M. STEWART LeAnne M. Stewart | Chief Financial Officer | |
/s/ BARRY KARLIN Barry Karlin | Director | |
/s/ STEVEN BARNES Steven Barnes | Director | |
/s/ JOHN CONNAUGHTON John Connaughton | Director | |
/s/ CHRIS GORDON Chris Gordon | Director | |
/s/ BARRY R. MCCAFFREY Barry R. McCaffrey | Director |
108